Home

WiMAP-4G User Manual - brown

Contents

1. en Layers Points a Elevation Cadastral Clients AJLink Budget Figure 335 Create power level theme from calculation tab e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Power Level Gn Boe ie I a S E 2014 07 17 14 02 43 M WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Coverage Best Server Carner To Interferer Pro Sub Carrier Interference Pro Field Strength Remove Antenna Merge with Load Calculation Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 336 Create power level theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The power level theme window opens Coloring Margin Coloring Default Margin dB o 000 cancel brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 203 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 337 Power level theme settings 4 Choose to create the theme for all activated antennas or only a specific technology If the theme is restricted to a specific technology choose whether the actual antenna or all antennas with that technology should be shown only works with right clicking on antennas MAM in the Project Explorer and choosing Power Level or choosing antenna and clicking 5 Choose a color profile and a margin To change the color profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz 10 000 m above ground Qame d 3 4 Qam
2. Edit Profiles Close brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 157 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 260 Choose the client and click on Edit 2 Change the values for the client and click on Ok to save the settings 9 4 Assign Clients to Sites Clients can be assigned to the nearest site To make it easier for the user there is a setting to do that 9 4 1 How to Assign Clients to Sites 1 Choose Cllents gt Assign to Sites and click on OK Link Calculation The Create Do you want to assign all Edit clients to their nearest site Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points Assign Cancel Edit Profiles Figure 261 Assign clients to the nearest site brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 158 of 251 Iposs 10 Calculations and Themes Calculations and themes are the most interesting part of WiMAP 4G Basically this is the aspect WiMAP 4G is in use There are many detailed calculations and themes with a lot of settings that help to refine the result to the desired level Before making any useful calculations or themes the following things should be done e elevation model imported e correct sites created e correct antennas created and used e correct coordinates for antennas and sites Considering those as done a proper calcu
3. ccccsssseccccsssececceesecceceeeceesseeceesaeeeceessueeeeessaasecessagseeeees 173 10 3 1 5 With the WI FD cicecesiesetparncisvsacendshaaadetansaateistaunerbstonaetishonaericengieiatannteiatoienichouaieiarsnsiniatoonieiaionemeicton 174 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 6 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 4 THE POINT FIELD STRENGTH CALCULATION s0ccoscosscoscosscoscessesscosvesscenscscesscescesscesccssesscessosscess 175 10 4 1 Howto Make a Point Field Strength Calculation cccccsscccccseesecccnesececsesecsecenseceeaseeeees 177 10 4 1 1 Withthe Erceg IVIOG Clg cirascasicnacdsaacindbeucsntodaasanedvansdnanbaashinauaxntnnatoanunadneess inate unaiesseuadanch E AE 178 10 4 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher MOdeliscssscissisercsssssatiwnsdsarvansdeaniensssareassdeateastdviawansdeadiautdeaanerdeniieoriuneds 180 10 4 1 3 With the ITU R P1417 123 Model ssiisiaisenguisioiietasta staan shadeca ides aadcalidesacinddschasiadttindncessnseseaatucinddachacheltcteandas 182 10 4 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model cccccssssccccssseccccesecccceeseccesaeesceeseeesceeseuaeecesseaeecessaneeeeses 183 10 4 1 5 TET ES WINE 1D assener A T E E E toes 184 10 4 1 6 General SET ES cinan a E EE E A 184 10 4 2 Compare all Propagation MOeIS cccccsesccccseeeeccceesececssececseesececeusecessueeeseseusesssseseeeeas 185 10 4 2 1 How to Use all Propagation Models for
4. Edit Oo o GG GG Delete GN GN GP GP HP an il Reset To Template Cancel Figure 123 Edited cadastral layers 6 If everything went well the cadastral model should have changed colours Figure 124 Cadastral data changed colour In the cadastral data tab of the Project Explorer the cadastral data can be deleted from the project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 84 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 125 The cadastral data tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 85 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 2 Elevation Models Elevation models are a basic feature of WiMAP 4G They are essential in a project They should ideally be imported when creating a preconfigured project Elevation models are needed for proper use of the Terrain Profiler and propagation model calculations They will always be more efficient if an elevation model is available Elevation models show the heights of every point in the selected area within the Terrain Profiler A manual import is hypothetically possible but the asc or asg file format which is required is not available on the free market 4 2 1 How to Import an Elevation Model 1 Open Geodata gt Elevation Modell gt Load From File Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points
5. scsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 33 The NK Dudget taD sienien eiiie EE EE 36 THE MAK budget taD scqcisnnussersnwscsvecnveateasiwusseasuinss wacanesereanvecaaisvessmasaneeaieanvaanves 37 The snap window appears after Connecting tWO POINKS cecsesecseeeeeeeeenenetenens 37 WIMAP 4G automatically enters sivensisssvevsvasessnevaseiawaycnavenevesavavavansvaneascdamavenevens 38 The adjust ANTENNAS button ssesssssseserrsrnrssrsrnrnrnnrnrnrnennrnnnennrnnnennrnrnennennnn 38 Adjustments need CONFPIPMatiOn cccccsccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeseaeseeaeanseseeaeees 38 The log WINKOW ccccscsccececarceceenrcecnenrcesnenscesnensesnenecesuenseeseenserseeusansueunensagaes 39 Errors are shown in red in the log WiINdOW ccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeaneeeaes 39 The Project Explorer ssesssssnenssnsrnrrrnsrnrrrnernrnrnernrnrnnnnrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennrnenennennnn 40 The sites tab ssssensnnsnensnsnsnnrnrnrrnrnrnrrnrnnnnrnrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennrnnnennnnnnennrnnnennennnn 40 TNG layers TAD tscseascrcsacivaeizaxccesiranicaniasecperiniciemereninatiniaineneerinisieianereniaicinee 41 Buildings layer enabled and disabled ccccccseeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeseeesaeseeass 42 Th points tab ist tab coc osccaeacescscaciatasannrescacuaeasasinepeteaiseusiseresetasaseeunesenciaas 42 The points tab coverage tab s ssssssesssnsrnrssnsrnrnrnsnnrnrrennrnrnennrnnnennrnenennenenn 43 The points tab visualisati
6. cccscseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeees 195 Create best server theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 195 Best server theme settings cccccscscceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeaeaeeesesaneeeaes 196 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A ccccscscseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 196 A best server theme example Munich 10dB MarGin csceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 197 A best server theme example Munich OdB MarQin ccccsceceecseeeeeeeeeeseeees 197 Create carrier to interferer theme from MENU ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeenaeees 198 Create carrier to interferer theme from Calculation tab ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 198 Create carrier to interferer theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas ses set ere ae wes can norte coe gets naete E ine 199 Carrier to interferer theme settings ccscscsecsesreesesrcecsenrsecsenreesnenesesseneansns 199 Field strength area calculation Erceg A ccccseecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeseeeeaeseeass 200 A carrier to interferer theme example 10 dB margin ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 200 A carrier to interferer theme example 0 dB margin ccsceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 200 The best C I is marked with a green circle ON the Ma P ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 201 Create power level theme from MENU ccceceesecseeeeeeeeeneeetseeeeeeesenststerereees 202 Create power level theme from Calculation tab ccccecsesecseeee
7. sssccccssssecceeesseeeeseeseeeesaeeeeeees 76 3 2 2 CREOLE EID LAE CCS AE E N EE I E E E A ET 77 3 2 2 1 How to Create an Empty Projet vccuiccnssssicesonsanesseoedecenssasendvanevonaleanwasdeddusneeudaswnndeagudnsedpoaniondeboavaredbeannnteeeasens 77 3o TCO DTPROECIO oiran E E E ee E E E 78 2A NEPRO ECT pirin aces seacsseessaceeoysaeiconusesnsewisenaeaniacccdeeusseasiay i saneei nese eeuesaayanseau cones 79 4 GEODATA isisissessavanewanenctesonasusunaniesiedncentadnaneacaesnacsusieasiessiisnansnduaseusiesandieieaniedeuaseuesenesesciecnens 80 4 1 CADASTRAL DA Anner E cc cca eee cece 80 4 1 1 How to Import Cadastral Data ccccccsesccccseeseccceesececcsecsccenseseceusecsssesecstsueeesssusecesauseeenes 80 4 1 2 DAF S UNIS air n ARE EAT EAEAN E O A OANE A T OT OO 82 4 1 2 1 How to Edit Cadastral Data LAY Cis scscissocaceisnstaceistousaaianeaachistndancianpasnedspnaranaurbiaasevnanaasiiwoieanin bnnesiereicasiatannee 83 AZ ELEVATION MODE ES sa oie cn centres crcnrevarsanbiusesainteu tes E E T TE 86 4 2 1 How to Import an Elevation MOel cccccseeecccceesececeeseccccessccecesecesausecsssueeeseeeusecssaseeetas 86 4 2 2 How to Reload an Elevation Model from Web cccccsesececsseeeccceesccccseseeseceeseceesuseessseeness 87 Aa BACKGROUND IMAG ES reipi ie a e E aE E S 88 4 3 1 How to Import a Background IMAGE 11ccccseeeeccnesececescesccueseccceusecessusecsssuesesecesesessseeetes 88 9 BUILDINGS ssrrini isrune aiii 89 SE REE BULDING eraan
8. ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeeeanees 186 Make point field strength calculations for every propagation model 187 Compare the propagation MOEIS ccccecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeaesesetaeees 187 EX SUNOS SSS E E E A E 188 Start Site to Site calculation ssesssssnensrnsnnnnrnrrnrrrnrrnrnrnernrnrnsnnrnrnennrnenennne 188 Start Site to Site calculation from the map ssssessssssenssnsrnresnsrnnnrnernrrsnsenne 189 The Site to Site calculation SCttinGS ccccecsesscsceceeeeseeeeseseerseeenenseseereesenenes 189 Fill in all the fields and click OK to start the CalCulation ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 189 A black line signalizes problems cccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaneenass 190 Create Coverage theme from MENU cceceeeceeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeetsesteeeeeeeenensteraereees 191 Create coverage theme from calculation tab cccscsceceeseceeseeeeeeeeeneeseerereees 192 Create coverage theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 192 Coverage theme settings wisvinsniscxecerinsesevninexdsenineeiemeserinasseveinenevesivanieuainexens 193 A coverage theme example Munich 10dB MarQin cccscecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 193 A coverage theme example Munich OdB margin cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 194 Create best server theme from MENU ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeanees 195 Create best server theme from calculation tab
9. Elevation Model gt Load from File Buildings d Load from Web Maps i Clear Figure 126 Load an elevation model 2 Choose File and click on Ok to import the elevation model If the elevation model was imported successfully it should be shown in the elevation tab of the Project Explorer Name T Fath munich asc C Programme WiIMAP 4Gpro demo munich asc Sites yLa S Poi s al le ca Sci Puin Figure 127 The elevation model tab after importing elevation models brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 86 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 2 2 How to Reload an Elevation Model from Web 1 Choose Geodata gt Elevation Model gt Load from Web Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points T L Elevation Model To Buildings Load from Web Maps R z mE CIE Figure 128 Reload elevation model from web The current elevation model will be replaced with the new one 2 Choose Replace to delete the old elevation model Do you want to replace your current elevation model The loaded elevation model will replace the current elevation model of your project Cancel Figure 129 Choose to replace the current elevation model 3 Choose the radius fo
10. brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 165 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems jalcatel lucent WLAN B 1_24GHz WLAN _BS2_SGHz Figure 271 A field strength area calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation Resolution absolute 5 m 10 2 1 5 With the WinProp 3 5 1 WinProb is for propagation modeling in different scenarios with different model types of calculation Field Strength Calculation Calculation Model WinProp Type Dominant Path Model Height AGL m 10 000 lw Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates From 688101 29 xX To 694374 25 Y From 5333675 62 Y To 5335495 62 ok Cancet_ Figure 272 WinProp Field Strength Calculations settings 3 5 1 1 The Dominant Path Model calculate the path loss on the main paths between transmitter and each receiver pixel by high precision like the ray tracing brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 166 of 251 6 E E E ER Ipossi 3 5 1 2 The Okumura Hata Model calculate the path loss based on four factor freguency between 150MHz 1500MHz distance 1km 20km between transmitter and receiver height of transmitter between 30m 200m and height of receiver between im 10m 3 5 1 3 The Empirical Two Ray Model calculate the path loss by each pixel on the map without looking for the point is hidden or unreachable 3 5 1 4 The Deterministic Two Ray Model calcu
11. Additional icons Create a Quick Launch icon Figure 6 Program icon location 5 Click Next to start installation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 16 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 1 5 Launching WiMAP 4G for the First Time After the installation is completed successfully the program can be started for the first time Setup rc n Steps License Agreement ee TEREN Welcome to WiMAP 4G Please read the following license agreement You must agree to this if you want a to use WiMAP 4G Program Edition License File i License Agreement for WiMAP 4G These English license agreement is a translation of the German license agreement see the second part of this document Valid for all legal relationships is only the German license agreement the English version is just given for your convenience Version of this document 2013 06 08 1 Subject of the Contract The license terms of brown iposs GmbH hereinafter called licensor are applied for the concession of the rights of use for the entire or partly use of the object code of the software WIMAP 4G hereinafter called SOFTWARE to contractors juristic persons under public law or official fund assets in terms of 310 in conjunction with 14 BGB Civil Code hereinafter called licensee Herewith the inclusion of the licensee s own terms and conditions is contradicted unless their v
12. Namev Power SNR Carrier New Insert Delete Delete Figure 225 Edit point with the help of the points tab The points in the point tab are shown by category The right point category needs to be chosen to show the desired point in the list 2 In the appearing window edit the columns of the point and click on OK to save the changes se7161 80 Browse ez3184a1 Browsen zm O S Power dBm 45 000 SNR dB 17 000 Height m Carrier List WLAN 2 4GHz Channelt Colour I Change Transp 2 6 0 _Mcoverage ok cancel Figure 226 Edit the desired fields brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 140 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 8 3 3 How to Edit Multiple Points Points can also be edited in groups which means that a value can be set for all members of a point category This could be very useful if a value of a whole group changed for example the power level 1 Choose Points gt Edit Multiple Change Only active points All points Category Measurement Column Carrier Value WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Carrier List cancel_ Figure 227 Edit multiple points at once 2 Choose the desired point category and choose either all points to be edited or only active points Choose a column that should be edited for all members of the point category and insert a new value Click on OK to save the
13. No Coverage WLAN _BS3_2 4GHz glcatel lucent WLAN _BS2_5GHz Figure 352 Munich field strength area calculation Erceg A IO e Power Density W m Te Maximum Load Peak Level 10 000 m above ground Figure 353 A field strength theme example Munich 0 dB margin maximum load peak level brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 211 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Power Denaity pW m Maximum Load Peak Level 10 000 m above ground Figure 354 A field strength theme example Munich 10 dB margin maximum load peak level In our demo project Munich everything works fine and most of the area has a power density lt 1 W m Figure 355 The best field strength is marked with a green circle on the map A little green circle on the map marks the area with the highest power density Drag the mouse cursor over that circle to show the exact power density 10 12 The Elevation Theme The elevation theme shows all the elevation differences in the terrain and therefore it is useful for presentations and for a better overview It is also useful in the beginning of a project when the antennas and sites are placed Environmental interferers like mountains aren t visible without an elevation theme The elevation theme can be used to create isolines for the desired terrain These isolines can be exported into other programs for example Google earth for a b
14. T sh i l r Figure 143 Building added via drag and drop 5 1 2 Advanced Buildings As many users realize in a project there is more than just create a building Maybe there are buildings with a courtyard or something similar 5 1 2 1 How to Create Courtyard or Similar in Buildings 1 Open Geodata gt Buildings gt Capture 2 Choose the building class that is used for the building wanted to edit 3 Simply add the coordinates of the courtyard or drag and drop it gy bti ia Figure 144 Add the courtyard 4 Click Create Building Hi a hA AY OD retract e bti kda 5 fh i Figure 145 Courtyard brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 94 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Sometimes there are buildings inside other buildings buildings intersect other buildings or even there are towers on the roof of buildings These buildings cannot be created without making a few arrangements Capture Buildi apture Buildings a Building intersects other buildings of the same type Figure 146 Intersecting buildings of the same type is not possible Each building has a type id The problem is that buildings with the same type id cannot intersect As mentioned in chapter 3 1 5 there are building classes which need to be created for intersection For bigger projects many building classes are needed as well as many wood classes ID
15. 6 sroadband wireless networks investigations planning operations support systems Iposs S1 This usually happens while making calculation with very high quality on a low memory machine Making a detailed calculation using the CORLA Raylauncher can consume far more than 4 Gigabyte of RAM S2 The used memory can be set to a specific maximum value in the wimap 4g vmoptions Open the file using the windows editor and change the maximum Java heap size P OpenStreetMap Tile X Y Z could not be loaded S OpenStreetMap is not reachable at the moment Check your internet connection or try it again later This can also indicate a problem with your firewall Contact your system administrator for further information or support P I cannot use CORLA Raylauncher S Since the CORLA Raylauncher is not a brown iposs application it is a third party software and needs a license to work for every special scenario If you need a license contact info brown iposs eu for further information P Cadastral data does not show up after import S1 Make sure the cadastral data layers are activated Check the layer tab in the Project Explorer S2 Cadastral data needs specific coordinated while import If you have not specified any coordinates for the cadastral data position it can be found at the coordinates 0 0 P Building intersects buildings of the same type S This usually happens if you want to construct buildings inside other building
16. Name Indoor Loss Attenuation Color From Color To Add 0 Standard Building Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 1 Broadleaf_Forest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m AL 2 Mixed Forest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 3 Coniferous_Forest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 4 Tower Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 200 000 5 Inside_Building Yes 10 00 0 00 length m aan 6 Intersecting Building Yes 10 00 0 00 length m Figure 147 More building classes make it more comfortable to plan and to make differences clearly visible These building classes are available in the capture building dialog They can be used to create nested buildings or woods gt Capture Buildings RE PMi Sr Standard_Building Height m Broadleaf Forest Coniferous_Forest Coordinat Inside_Building Intersecting_Building Mixed Forest Standard Building Tower Figure 148 The created classes can be used 5 1 2 2 How to Add Intersecting Buildings Assuming that more building classes has been added 1 Open Geodata gt Buildings gt Capture brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 95 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 Create a building as described in 5 1 1 TERTA at Figure 149 A new building 3 Choose other building classes for example a tower and build it inside the first building fi z H IE o gt mi Pakultat a ie Stowe F nar Mackematk Figure 1
17. OF CHEN AND FONT niarren e a e E E E E 146 8 7 1 How to Create Clients from POINES ccccccsessececsesececceseseceesecsusseessseeseseseusecessusecsssueness 147 8 7 2 HOWTO convert Clients tO POINTS sirieesiriirineririe T irienner NEEE EE 148 DO PONT PARAMETERS sos cccnacersccceanenesvecesseacunnesesusctaiesceubasecousi ay A 149 8 8 1 HOW tO assign Carrie eisien EERE EAE EERE A 150 8 8 2 HOW tTO GSSIGnN AN UR apratnrscaicrpinnsseagisantcagennneaia sentovaiwaiabaneanntongeannreainnntoeaennaduaesnatnagiaaens 150 9 CHENI errean E AEAEE OAN AANA AA AO A E 151 PE ORIEN TRO FE Eer T EE E E OEE E S 152 9 1 1 How to Create Client Profiles sivassciicwsetiosovencsicavendazewansctsvaundeaesuciedsscuendeaianetecsiemesiabaxobias 152 912 HOWE Chent Profiles sirererrrgeniien erir nan EE RE E E 153 Ja CUENT CREATION cate gee seen cee coat EE EEE 154 9 2 1 HOWTO A E C S a toscsane sas apc ceasctaceeeinuceodarwionasaraiecssusoavanel lt uesneueneinnied 154 Da FOMC OEN e a E EE A E AOE EE EE 157 9 3 1 HOWTO GI ENE e E aoa eatooaaetaonsaceneaeaae 157 g4 ASSIGN CRUE IS TO SITES csinieisrsiriiesrsiiiti sinrin enn EREN NEEN EEEE A 158 9 4 1 HOW to Assign Clients to SITS csecccccseseeccceesecccsesecesceesesecesecsesusecsssesessseusecsssuseeesseegess 158 10 CALCULATIONS AND THEMES ccstcactcsswcnsconnneateuansiencnnntenctensvenscnanenayensesieendennsendswnevensswenennneye 159 10 1 CALCULATION AND THEME i Scie rege eaten nEn ENEE nesses aane eecneatinewasan o
18. e planning e operations support systems Right click on sites or antennas offers many features described in corresponding chapters of this manual Ge Bu dk ue iw eM WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz M Basel_Seki Wl Basel_Sek2 wo Basel_Sek3 W WLAN BS3 2 4GHz wo Based Seki Tiy ayers Points x alc 4 S Clients flink Figure 53 The calculation tab 2 5 5 The Elevation Model Tab The elevation model tab shows all elevation data that is used in the actual project The elevation model file name and the file path are shown A right click on an elevation model file offers the possibility to unload the file More information about elevation models elevation model import and editing elevation models can be found in the corresponding chapters of this manual Name Path munich ase C 4Programme WiM4P 4Gger demoymunich asc ON l sites Fej ayers 8 Points Beale as Eleva Figure 54 The elevation model tab 2 5 6 The Cadastral Data Tab The cadastral data tab shows all the cadastral data that is used in the actual project The cadastral data file name and the file path are shown brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 44 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems A right click on a cadastral data file offers the possibility to unload this file More information about cadastral data and cadastral data import can be found in the corresponding chapters of t
19. investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 91 The WinProp Properties OLOS NLOS non light of sight connection LOS light of sight connection WG Waveguiding 3 1 3 Elevation Model In the elevation model settings the standard environment elevation can be changed in case of there is no elevation model data available for the project Elevation can be changed by activating Use default elevation in case of missing elevation data and specifying a value Furthermore it can be decided if ASCII grid files should be specified on xllcenter or xllcorner Project Properties xa General Elevation Model Calculation i Theme Use undefined elevation in case of missing elevation data Empirical models Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Default Elevation m Erceg Model Visibility Translation CORLA Raylauncher Algorithm Model Parameters C Use default elevation in case of missing elevation data ASCIIGrid Files Specify Xllcenter Not Xllcorner WinProp DXF Building Classes Point Colours _o Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 92 The elevation model settings 3 1 4 DXF There is no need for explaining DXF settings here It gets important while importing cadastral data For DXF settings see 4 1 2 3 1 5 Building Classes The building classes submenu allows the user to create new buildings or wood profiles This is important while creating buildings or wood Fo
20. oN wima p 4G Release 5 1 User Manual brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 1 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Copyright brown iposs GmbH 2014 Copyright at brown iposs GmbH All rights reserved Translation reprinting copying of illustrations broadcasting photo mechanical or similar reproduction always requires the permission by brown iposs GmbH Storage also on data processing systems even of parts is allowed only for documenting As long as not otherwise indicated this document and all of its parts are confidential and might not be distributed to third parties Label WiMAP 4G is a registered label of brown iposs GmbH brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 2 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Contents ABOUT THISIVIANUAL seorsan e n EE Eaa 9 CONVENTIONS oere E E E E S 9 TECANICALASSIS PANCE incvosscourcdureswavervcansedsepescvusscesescuveeveceveonsrsunnebarucavousedascavaceyeenneseinievaveusieunes 10 DWNT OD CTO cisini e EEE N E A AEA A 11 CE WMAP crs cc E E E E aes eeeetaee 11 t2 WIMAP 4G EDITIONS ee ee n EEA 12 1 2 1 WIMAP 4G Community Edition ccccseccseseccoseccsssccccsscccusscccusseceueseccuscsesscseusseseusseseussens 12 1 2 2 WIMAP 4G Professional Edition csscccccseesecccseseeccceesececeusecsssuseesesesecssauseesssueeesessusecenes 12 Lo OY SEI RECURE
21. t ik z Oe es a wn i t a4 yi N l a R j tes i i alg rat SS nympoendurg am ee eE GS y N eae VF cide winhausen Al a yi Sig a Sa ma 7 RA Tk TA tod anapara Od Ue zn i S 7 ie Peete i Neuhausen 5 Bais ny PON r a i gt x A WLAN_BS1_2 4GH rk ae P f i C iita or sic rat d Fa th ve R NS feted So Le DE ha N f i p 4 i japow uoneaag Pantri ea af i XIIIE eum e r A KR 2 Hedren Re ioe Schiwanthaterhe Bfe paa Na f a gt Sa mra 4 Westend eye e qseped St Ulrich Gm Fakihplser Nord ta F N 14 4 Seneca as aS r 3 Kleinhadernt a ae Reena lt 8 fn am Lair ig cl CE te A i Trud ring a gt a pare OSS Stee 3 Bumenso i acm ang suap amp c i Untersendiiny Map data copyright by Open R eS Neuhadern Ta Ramertaort_ re an E i gt tMap openstreetmap pra Ws TA P ia ending 73 3 ue Sab owadiorrt z ma mm Fab Cursor Point Eb Log Terrain Profiler x x 698476 82 y 5336604 66 Figure 37 Docking the windows results in a much bigger work area 2 3 2 Adjustment and Zoom Customization More settings can be found in Extras gt Global Settings The following settings can be set up in the submenu Plot brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 33 of 251 6 Translation factor This setting is essential for the fou
22. 5690 000 5710 000 5750 000 5770 000 5790 000 5810 000 5830 000 5850 000 5870 000 3517 000 3417 000 3580 000 3480 000 3587 000 El Figure 162 Click Edit Carriers to show a list of all carriers 2 To create a new carrier click New and select the desired carrier type To edit a carrier type double click it or choose it and click on Edit A carrier can be deleted by selecting it and click Delete brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 v New eae Delete Page 105 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems ie a ee ee N Roa i ge etd Pau nor Name Technology Frequency From Frequency To Backhaul 7 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 104 108 112 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel WLAN 5 GHz Channel 120 124 128 132 136 140 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 Backhaul WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz
23. A coverage theme example Munich 0dB margin 10 7 The Best Server Theme Learned from its name the best server theme shows the antenna that offers the best signal for a specific area In most cases the nearest antenna is not the best choice for a customer A few circumstances for example the environment and the buildings need to be considered while calculating the best antenna WiMAP 4G offers the best server theme to maintain the best signal for a specific area The best server theme needs a field strength area calculation to offer results Note that the best server theme will be created at the height the field strength area calculation was made 10 7 1 How to Create a Best Server Theme t 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a best server theme e Choose Themes gt Best Server gt Display brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 194 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Tools View Extras Window Help Carrier To Interferer Power Level Sub Carrier Interference Field Strength Elevation i Elevation Building Visibility i i Tee A Ee Far phate as a Un Clear Figure 319 Create best server theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab in the P
24. Add all columns that can be described while a point is created If the height of the customer antenna is known add a column of type Meter and name it Height for example All category parameter types that can be added e C I e Data rate e Degree e Field strength e Meter e Ordinal e Power level e Text e URL e X coordinate e Y coordinate The default category Measurement is a category that has the following default parameter Power Level SNR Carrier and Height But the parameter can be extended with e g Field Strength Data rate and more The demo project Munich has the category Potential Customer with the parameters Height and Y N Text This category can be added also to other projects by importing it from the demo project or by defining it manually 8 2 1 How to Edit Point Categories If a new value type for a point is necessary the point category needs to be edited first 1 Choose Points gt Edit Categories brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 134 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 212 Edit point categories 2 Choose the category that needs to be edited and click on Edit The point category window opens and columns can be added edited deleted or moved up and down When all changes are done click on Ok to save the changes Name WLan_Customer Columns Power Level Power Level Ordinal Ordinal Height Meter Field Stre
25. Deutschland 7 10 23 026 50 45 06 356 63 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 23 120 50 45 06 570 65 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 23 214 50 45 06 785 41 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 24 430 50 45 05 578 43 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 24 390 50 45 05 760 45 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 24 349 50 45 05 941 x Figure 106 Choose a result from the list 3 2 Specify area by coordinates Insert longitude and latitude into the corresponding fields and click on Next Specify area by coordinates Longitude 7 05 46 097 Latitude 50 44 08 891 lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 107 Enter coordinates and click Next 4 Here it is possible to download the geodata from the internet Missing SRTM Shuttle Radar Topography Mission values can also be selected which induces the program to interpolate the missing areas The Shuttle Radar Topography Mission SRTM is a NASA mission conducted in 2000 to obtain elevation data for most of the world It is the current dataset of choice for digital elevation model data DEM since it has a fairly high resolution about 90 meters at the equator and lt 30 meters in the U S has near global coverage from 56 S to 60 N and is released into the public domain Furthermore a satellite image can be downloaded from OnEarth The last setting is the radius in meters It s
26. Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 brown iposs GmbH whether all site inside the blue area Elevation Model mage directory The WiIMAP 4G working iNterfaCe cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeseeeeaneenass 11 The Professional Edition offers CORLA as an additional propagation model 13 Installation has been started reise cesiare er gasreanaveneesacusiaveleevehiensacanceeneuneusecnuuevenetens 14 Installation Cir CtOry cccccccecseseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeaeaeeeeaeaeseeaeaesesaeaeeesanannenanes 15 Start Menu folder selection ccccececeeeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeaeaeeeeseaeeeseeaeeesaeannes 15 Program icon location ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees eee eeeea sees saeeesesaeeesaeaeeeeaeaneegags 16 ICONS AGFCCINGING gs tee stuesseerteestageicacteestuectuestuettnccene E 17 Program edition LICENSE rEQUEST cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeanseeeeaneeeags 18 Choose location of your LICENSE file eecceeeceeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseseeaesesanannes 18 WiMAP 4G launches for the first time cccscccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeetanseseeanees 19 Demo project Munich ssitexsssactevisacesivsaavetncstecsteaneaieveneeansteesieasteanisaetearaeeetinans 20 Graphical user interface Work Are a s sssssssnssnsrnrssnsrnrnrnsrnrnrnnrnrnrnernrnrnennne 21 AOF PORO ecto ce EEE te tec eh esc else ee
27. Free space propagation settings tab 2 At the bottom of the window click Add Frequency Dependent Parameters To Frequency v Power Level Drop Pathloss Exponent Pathloss Factor Attenuation Figure 78 Click Add to add new parameters 3 Choose a Maximum Frequency for the profile 4 Enter a Pathloss Exponent and a Pathloss Factor and press OK Specific Pathloss Exponents can be found at 3 1 2 2 1 The Pathloss Factor should be 0 00230 for free Space propagation To Frequency MHz Power Level Drop Pathloss Exponent Power Law 2 00 Pathloss Factor Exponential Law 0 00000 Elevation Model Attenuation dB 0 000 0 000 length m Figure 79 Press OK to save changes brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 58 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S D 3 1 2 2 2 ITU R P 1411 3 ITU R P 1411 3 is a semi empirical model based on COST 231 Walfish Ikegami and enhanced by ITU R The model considers detailed input data like average height and separation of buildings street data width direction BS and MS antenna height length of the path covered by buildings as well as distance from BS to MS Project Properties General ITU R P 1411 3 Calculation l EEN Theme Heights of buildings hRoof m 15 000 Empirical models Only used if no building model is present Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Widths of roads w m 15 0
28. P WIMAP 4G does not start S1 Check out if you have the right permission to run this program Contact your system administrator for further instructions S2 Installation may be broken try to reinstall WiMAP 4G P I cannot activate my Professional Edition Your license file is damaged S Your license file is not valid Activation by license file like done for Community edition is no longer supported Please contact info brown iposs eu for a new license file P Corine does not show any data S1 The Corine data is corrupted Please contact the EEA for a solution S2 The Corine data does not contain any information for the actual content the blue frame Make sure that the downloaded Corine data is valid for your project P Calculation takes very long time S1 If the workstation is an older one calculation can take some time due to the hardware that is used Try a faster system to get a faster calculation S2 Try another quality for the calculation A higher precision takes a lot more time to calculate Make sure that the used precision level is in need for your requirements P New preconfigured Project I cannot find the desired place via specified address S1 Try other keywords for your desired place S2 Try also zip codes S3 Take another place near the desired one and choose a bigger frame for the project P Not enough memory for calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 239 of 251
29. The import dialog Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Elevation Model a QQ glg Buildings Maps o H Load Cadastral Data Load Background Image Clear Figure 133 Load a background image 2 Choose a file with Choose or enter a File path 3 Enter the coordinates where the image should be placed at and click Ok The Min X and Min Y coordinates are found in the left lower corner The Max X is the coordinate in the left upper corner File ogram Files WiIMAP 4G62 demo munich png Choose Path Coordinates Min X 688891 91 Min Y 15349105 42 Max X 689500 45 Max Sa OK Cancel Figure 134 Fill in all field and click OK brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 88 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Buildings and wood are structures needed for detailed calculations Creating and or importing those structures is necessary to achieve exact calculations Every calculation is nearly useless if buildings and or wood have not been included There are different methods to create or import these structures they are explained in this chapter alcatel lucent Figure 135 ITU R P 1411 3 field strength calculation including buildings proximi Figure 136 ITU R P 1411 3 field strength calculation without buildings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 89 of 251 broadband wireless networks inves
30. a Problem Polygon is not simple Details Vertices 0 Point2D 747197 23 6027161 09 1 Polygon is not simple Details Vertices 0 Point2D 766193 87 5956622 43 1 Polygon is not simple Details Vertices 0 Point2D 771468 44 5986780 73 1 bi is not simnle Details Vertices N Pnint MR41 aazam saaszaaan j iw Next E Cancel Figure 159 Imported structures The building count shows the actual number of structures imported from the corine data file 4 All structures are ignored by default because the user should choose himself which buildings he wishes to import Simply double click on the desired structure or select it and click on Edit brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 101 of 251 adband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems I poss ts p EE s dunes and sand plains lt Ignore gt al lagoons pics Type Broad leaved forest arous forest uous urban Action C Skip Map to PEZES itinuous urba i urban areas lt Iqnore gt trial or commercial units lt Ignore gt 1 marshes lt Tonore gt Figure 160 Corine imports need to be mapped to a building class Set Action to Map To and select the corresponding structure Additional structures can be added or edited in the WiMAP 4G settings See chapter 3 1 5 for more information 5 After mapping all desired structures to the corresponding building class click on Finish The import
31. effects antennas of a whole site or choose all antennas alternatively all active antennas for editing brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 120 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 Choose the desired parameter by changing the option to Set To and change the parameter Change parameters of multiple antennas at once ox Antennas Change OF Site C Of Sub Carrier C All C Only active Parameters Height AGL m Don t change Setto Po Downie Te Dont change Seti Pilot Power W Dontchange setto i O Electrical Downtilt From i Don tchange setto oo O Electrical Downtilt To i Don tchange setto O O Cable Loss 4B Don tchange Settol o O Antenna Type Don t change Setto v Options Sub Carrier Don t change Setto fs Browse Colour Don t change Seto Mc Transp fs canca Figure 191 Click OK to save the changes for all antennas 4 Click on Ok to save all changes To change only one antenna or site look at 2 6 7 2 Sites If all antennas are created and or edited sites need to make the antennas work in the environment 7 2 1 How to Create Sites Creating sites is a main aspect of WiMAP 4G Antennas should be preconfigured before creating sites 1 Choose Sites gt Create Site and choose either Empty Site or Preconfigured Site If the preconfigured site was chosen the carrier
32. refer to the documentation provided by Microsoft Newcomer of WiMAP 4G software should read e Chapter 1 to learn about the program requirements and installation e Chapters 2 and 3 to learn about WiMAP 4G essentials Conventions te Marks user interface elements Bold such as buttons menus label tabs Describes important features Caution l ae instructions or limitations User actions Highlights features or hints aif Tipp that can save time and prevent difficulties E Step by Step Step by step explanation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 9 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss SS Technical Assistance For technical questions or problem solving assistance read the section which is related to your performing operation If additional assistance is needed contact the brown iposs support Have following information ready for the brown iposs support to detect a problem e any error messages e details of recent system performance e WiIMAP 4G version number can be found under Help Info e operating system on your computer brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 10 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 1 Introduction 1 1 WiIMAP 4G WiMAP 4G is the radio network planning software by brown iposs It is developed particularly for planning the air interface of wireless broadband a
33. 19 Figure 251 Created carriers 5 Click on Close to return to the map lt i 9 1 2 How to Edit Client Profiles brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 153 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 1 Choose Chents gt Edit Profiles Name v WLan 2 4 GHz 24 360 17 8 WLan 2 4 GHz 24 60 10 17 WLan 2 4GHz 24 90 10 16 WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 19 Clients Link Calculation The Create Edit Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points Edit Profiles Figure 252 Edit carriers 2 Select a profile and click OK to edit it If all settings are done click OK to save the changes 9 2 Client Creation Assuming that all necessary client profiles are added a client can be created now 9 2 1 How to Create Clients t 1 There are three possibilities to create a client in WiMAP 4G e Choose Clients gt Create Clients Link Calculation Th 5 Create Edit Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points Edit Profiles Figure 253 Create clients from the menu e Right click the desired position on the map and click on Create Client n Create Site Create Client Create Point brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G
34. 2 4 GHz Channel 7 v WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 120 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 i WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 i WLAN_BS2_5GHz 0 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WV WLAN_BS2_5GHz 120 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 V WLAN_BS2_5GHz 240 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 Figure 189 The sites tab 2 At the bottom of the window all antennas can be activated or deactivated 7 1 8 The Antenna Set The antennas are managed in antenna sets therefore it is much easier to edit them in a large project 7 1 8 1 How to Edit all Antennas Faster 1 Choose Sites gt Change Multiple Antennas Of Sub Carrier oS C All C Only active Parameters Height AGL m Dontchange setto S O Downtilt i va Dontchange setto S O Pilot Power W Dontchange setto S O Points Clients Link Calculal Electrical Downtilt From ii Don t dan A E A Create Site Electrical Downtilt To i Don t change Setto s s s s SCSCSY Edit Sites Cabia Las 4B Dontchange setto o O Activation p Mema pont change C setto Saona as _ v oeer Sub Carrier Don t change C Setto Browse Colour Don t change Setto WC Transp 0 Import Antennas Inge atiy Export Antennas Figure 190 Change all antennas with antenna set change 2 Choose which specific antennas should be edited
35. 2 How to Create a Point Category snsdsivevssdersecsnissstendasconensaniaversarionsrslessadesiesvodenleviavertessaess 136 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 5 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Da CREATE FONT een ee ee N ee ee ee ee eee 137 8 3 1 HOW FOPCT CULE POINTS araicsaincai couteuninennodisaniarsaeneond AAA EEEN 137 832 HOWTO EGIL SINGS POINTS sucrier eroon E ERES 139 833 HOWTO EGICIVIUITIDIC POINTS sentrerer e rn R E RE T R 141 o4 POINTACTIVATION ag rns ec atte sence aE N A N NE 142 8 4 1 How to Activate or Deactivate POINTS cccsccsecccseccssccnsccescceneceeecanecasecsussausseueseustsuesaues 142 S39 PPORTANDIMPORT POINTS sienien AE E 143 8 5 1 HOW tO EXPO POINTS arreir nis aonn AE E AAA A TAE O TE E 143 8 5 2 Howto Export Points as kml file cccccceesccccsesecccceeseccceesececesecseceesececeusecssseeeessseesesessees 144 8 5 3 HOW tO IMPO POINTS cereis iran en EE EEE E E E OE 144 8 6 POINTS COLOUR ASSIGNMENT ssssssssesssesserssessrrssrrsreesersrersresseesrrosersrersrresersreosersrersreseeeseesseesrerseee 145 8 6 1 How to change the colour of a point manually ccccseeccccceeseccceesececcesseseceeseceeesecsssuesess 145 8 6 2 Change colour of points temporary by visualisation CAD ccccseeeeccceesececeeeeeeeeeeseceeeees 146 8 6 3 Change colour of points by coverage tab cecccccseseecccsesecccesececcuesececeusecseseseessseesesessnes 146
36. 5 1 Page 154 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 254 Create clients on the map e Right click in the Clients Tab and choose New Name Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I New Insert Figure 255 Create clients from the clients tab F Clients can also be created in the Project Explorer by clicking Insert 2 In the appearing windows enter the following values e Name of the client usually the customer e The site which should be used by the client e The Client profile A client profile needs to be chosen In case there is none it needs to be created here A short introduction how to create client profiles can be found in chapter 9 1 1 e The carrier that should be used by the client The carrier needs to be chosen to continue It needs to be created if none is existing A short introduction how to create carrier profiles can be found in chapter 6 1 e The Height of the Clients Antenna This value could be really important according to the site position e X and Y coordinates of the Client If the client was created with a right click on the map the coordinates should be precise but it is the same as for the height Minimal changes can be important to get a signal so try to use exact coordinates brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 155 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e
37. 5 1 Page 185 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 Choose the desired point category in this case Potential Customer was chosen Add columns for all propagation models To edit point classes see chapter 9 1 1 and 9 1 2 3 The result should look like this Name Potential Customer Browse Columns Name Name Add Height Meter YN Text Edit erceg power Power p erceg field Field Si pels ITU R P 1411 3 power Power ITU R F 1411 3 field Field i Corla power Power Move Up Zorla field Field S1 free space power Power free space field Field St Figure 304 Columns for all propagation models 4 Click on OK close all windows and return to the project 5 Choose Calculation gt Point Field Strength Calculation and make a calculation for every model Make sure to choose the right column at the bottom of the window and start the calculations brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 186 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Category Potential Customer Model Erceg Model Type Erceg C Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Columns V Calculate Power Level Power Level Column erceg power V Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column er
38. 5 GHz Channel 156 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 160 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 164 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 168 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 172 WIMAX Channel 1 lower band WIMAX Channel 1 upper band WIMAX Channel 10 lower band WIMAX Channel 10 upper band WIMAX Channel 11 lower band WIMAX Backhaul WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WIMAX WIMAX WIMAX WIMAX Figure 204 Carrier list brown iposs GmbH 7300 000 2400 000 2460 000 2430 000 5490 000 5510 000 5530 000 5950 000 5570 000 5590 000 5610 000 5630 000 5650 000 5670 000 2690 000 5770 000 5790 000 5610 000 3510 000 3410 000 3573 000 3473 000 3580 000 User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 7550 000 2420 000 2480 000 2450 000 5910 000 5520 000 5920 000 2970 000 5990 000 5610 000 5650 000 5670 000 2710 000 5750 000 5770 000 5790 000 5810 000 5850 000 2870 000 3517 000 3417 000 3580 000 3480 000 3587 000 aose Page 128 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 Select the carrier for the antenna and click on Add for example the WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 gt Antenna Direction Direction i2 2 0 000 Downtilt i t 0 000 Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To l
39. 5 Windows Journal D Windows Kits 0 Windows Mail 0 Windows Mobile 5 0 SDK R2 l E Windows NT D Windows Photo Viewer 5 Windows Sidebar G WinPcap File Name kmi En 3 dF F 1F4 6 ee dF Ea a Peek vcs o a a o E EAP Mh A rh al KML File kernl Figure 233 Select path for export as kml file The export of points is finished and the kml file can be used in other programs like Google Earth 8 5 3 How to Import Points brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 144 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems T Point Import Category r Decimal Separator Null Value File Figure 234 Import points 2 Choose a point category which contains the imported points in the actual project The point category does not matter to the import of the points but the actual point category needs to have the same point columns used by the exported points The decimal separator should not be edited The null value can be edited to set columns to a specific value with none exported value Choose the file and click on OK to import the points Point Import Category e Decimal Separator Null Value File Figure 235 Fill in all fields 3 The imported points are shown on the map now 8 6 Points colour assignment The colour of a point can be changed manually f
40. Cancel Figure 72 Click Add to add new intervals 6 Fill the required fields From To From W m 1 000 To yp W m 800 000 Color From B Change Transp 25 Color To Ed Change Transp 25 Name low cnca L Figure 73 Fill in all fields 7 Choose colours 8 Name the interval if desired 9 After adding all desired intervals press OK 10 Choose a profile for your project Field Strength New Project 2 ow Power Level Default New Project 1 Power Level Difference New Project 2 Figure 74 The created profile appears in the list All settings can be reset at the bottom by clicking Reset To Defaults 3 1 2 2 Empirical Models Empirical models are used for propagation calculation The resolution is preconfigured or can be configured manually for new projects The resolution can be calculated absolutely in m or relatively in A resolution can also be chosen during a propagation calculation The WiMAP 4G Community Edition only allows an absolute value of 50 m The brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 55 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Professional Edition allows also resolutions up to centimeters Furthermore the attenuation interpolation can be changed too The standard setting is the bilinear interpolation It should be the proper setting in general Other interpolation models should only be chosen if nece
41. Carriers used in European projects and also the program defaults may be useless in other country for example in America With this feature the American carriers can be imported and do not need to be created for every project 6 2 1 How to Import Carrier 1 Choose Carriers gt Import Directory C J Computer Name Size Last Modified F Carrers Antennz Create Edit Import File Name rad Filter Export File rad E Figure 168 Import carriers 2 Choose the rad file that holds the new carriers and click on OK to import these carriers If everything worked out successful the log shows the following information and the imported carriers are available now RAD import from C Users robert Desktop Neuer Ordner 3 example4 rad finished Figure 169 The log shows information for the current import brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 108 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Existing carrier will not be replaced Instead of replacing the log shows the following information Object WLAN 5 GHz Channel 156 UUID ea912e95 3251 440e 83c6 flecdefcdeSa already exists and has not been replaced Figure 170 Existing carriers cannot be replaced brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 109 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 Sites and Antennas Sites are o
42. Clients L Elevation Model gt a 2s a 2 A wlle Buildings Fl Load Buildings Maps Save Buildings Capture Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 157 The Corine import 2 Choose a file fill in the coordinates of the desired environment and click on Next brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 100 of 251 IO brewn broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems it poss o C Users robert Desktop 100KME45N34 shp Choose Coordinates X From 98955 82 XTo 1434073 93 Y From 5602607 77 Y To 6043111 70 Figure 158 Corine settings 3 After the environment details are loaded the following windows should appear Import Building Count 2181 Type v Building Class Airports lt Ignore gt Beaches dunes and sand plains lt Ignore gt Broad leaved forest lt Ignore gt Coastal lagoons lt Ignore gt Complex cultivation lt Ignore gt Coniferous forest lt Ignore gt Continuous urban fabric lt Ignore gt Discontinuous urban fabric lt Ignore gt Dump sites lt Ignore gt Fruit trees and berry plantations lt Ignore gt Green urban areas lt Ignore gt Industrial or commercial units lt Ignore gt Inland marshes lt Ignore gt Land principally occupied by agricult lt Ignore gt Mineral extraction sites lt Ignore gt Mixed forest lt Ignore gt Erem p a a
43. Export To Clipoard Figure 383 Export 3D View 2 Decide to export the picture directly to a file or to the clipboard The clipboard option allows the user to paste the picture in another program for example Microsoft Word If you want to export the picture directly to a file choose a filepath by entering the path or click on Choose to navigate through the computer Click on OK to export the picture A png file is saved at the specific filepath now and can be opened with every program that supports the png format TE m 7 Pork d 3 lt avy oP jn 4 2 a m a z TER zM a me D AE GS aa Figure 384 Exported png 13 Glossary Community Edition The Community Edition is the free version of WiMAP 4G It offers all the important features but with certain limitations for example only 12 antennas in the same project The Community Edition was released to give potential customers a good overview on the flexibility of WiMAP 4G brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 231 of 251 6 Professional Edition The Professional Edition is the purchased version of WiMAP 4G It offers all features of the Community Edition plus additional features for example more antenna pattern There are no limitations in the Professional Edition which make it the perfect tool to plan even the largest projects License A license is required for the Professional Edition It can be ordered at the WiMA
44. For Roof Diffraction The number of roofs which could diffract the signal e Recursion Depth For Ground Diffraction Maximal number of signal diffraction by the ground e Recursion Depth For Reflection Maximal number of signal reflection by anything e Relative Recursion Depth For Reflection Relative number of signal reflection by anything e Minimum Receiver Power Minimal receiver power that can be transformed into a usable signal Editing these parameters should only be done by experienced users who are familiar with the CORLA algorithm and can assess the consequences of changing these parameters The default parameters offer a good quality and also a fast calculation Choosing higher numbers for reflections or diffractions can extend the calculation time for many hours or even days 3 1 2 3 2 Model Parameters The model parameters offer full access to the algorithm parameters Hence this algorithm is very complicated the model parameters should only be changed by experienced users Project Properties General Model Parameters Calculation i i Theme Pathloss Exponent 2 0000 Attenuation Constant 0 0000 Empirical models Results in function f dist 0 0000 dist 2 0000 Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Reflection Erceg Model coterie 0 19 5437 1 0 6785 a2 0 0072 Visibility z s CORLA Raylauncher Results in function f a 19 5437 0 6785a 0 0072a 2 Algorithm Model Parameters Wall Diffraction
45. Import Name v Backhaul 38 GHz Backhaul 7 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 116 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 120 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 124 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 128 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 132 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 136 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 140 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 148 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 152 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 156 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 160 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 164 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 168 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 172 Technology Backhaul Backhaul WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WiMAX Channel 1 lower band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 1 upper band WIMAX WIMAX Channel 10 lower band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 10 upper band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 11 lower band WIMAX Frequency From Frequency To 37500 000 7300 000 2400 000 2460 000 2430 000 5490 000 5510 000 5530 000 5550 000 5570 000 5590 000 5610 000 5630 000 5650 000 5670 000 5690 000 5730 000 5750 000 5770 000 5790 000 5810 000 5830 000 5850 000 3510 000 3410 000 3573 000 3473 000 3580 000 39500 000 7550 000 2420 000 2480 000 2450 000 5510 000 5530 000 5550 000 5570 000 5590 000 5610 000 5630 000 5650 000 5670 000
46. List Coverage Visualisation mB Category Potential Customer Namew wean Corla power Corla field ITU R P 1411 3 power ITU R P 1411 3 field free space power free sapce fi ercegpo ercegfi x Miller 92 2 0 001 83 7 0 005 91 5 0 001 105 8 0 000 690161 99 v Peters 85 2 0 003 aa la ae 0 000 82 2 0 006 99 5 0 000 690601 65 vi Wolff 104 2 0 000 108 4 0 000 81 8 0 006 94 2 0 000 690499 51 Figure 306 Compare the propagation models 10 5 The Site to Site Calculation The site to site calculation feature calculates the pathloss between two antennas This can be useful to determine whether two antennas can cooperate in a specific area or not brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 187 of 251 brown iposs GmbH broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 5 1 How to Make a Site to Site Calculation t There are a few requirements to make a site to site calculation successful Possibly the most common reason to get a bad result or no result in a site to site calculation is when both antennas use the same carrier Another source of error is the angle between two antennas ROLE oe ee Schwarart Gastell 4 es if 1 aL ee La mi l m i i 4 _ a a a BonnCastell ss A 7 ag z F 4 p oes s Ha stn ge VL as i we Vilich Rhe or Woe l i i Wl E i lai i I ri m 1 4 z i a i i
47. Lower Edge Center Carrier Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 w Options WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Cable Loss dB WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 60 10 17 ID Antenna 0O Pattern position Colour Electrical Downtilt From i 2 0 000 To i 2 0 000 Y Options All Patterns 1 Proper Technology Patterns 24 60 10 17 V Proper Polarisation Patterns 24 60 10 17 V Proper Downtilt Patterns 24 60 10 17 V Proper Frequency Patterns 24 60 10 17 V Bad Match Figure 205 Antenna settings in Site Editor after add another Carrier 5 Select now the added carrier whether the new carrier match to antenna type can be seen in the Pattern tab 7 2 4 Activate or Deactivate Sites Sites can be activated or deactivated This may be important if the user wants to make a calculation that does not include all antennas which can be a great many A lot of antennas need a long time to calculate and if only a little detail has been changed the user would not want to make a two hour calculation to see the mistake There are two methods to activate or deactivate sites 7 2 4 1 How to Activate or Deactivate all Sites at Once 1 Choose Sites gt Activation gt Activate All or Deactivate All brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 129 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Si
48. Points only show the power level on a precise point on the map whereas the power level theme shows the power level for all zones that are covered by a carrier Note that the power level theme will be created at the height the field strength area calculation was made 10 9 1 How to Create a Power Level Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers a better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a power field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a power level theme e Choose Themes gt Power Level gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help E Coa Coverage i B Best Server amp x_Carrier To Interferer_ a EY _ ea ies Power Level Display A Sub Carrier Interference Toes ee Field Strength Export p fe Elevation a on i aed ato amp Elevation Building Visibility 0 S i Clear T Fa eVilic te has E a i Iar ha Arr nemndnort Figure 334 Create power level theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer and click on wr brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 202 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Gx Ba ok DSi Bx 2010 10 28 12 58 14 M WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz MV Basel_Sek1 M Basel_Sek2 nM Basel_Sek3 LAN_BS3_2 4GHz nM Base3_Sek1
49. Setup WiMAP 4G co E Ez Welcome to the WiIMAP 4G Setup Wizard This will install WiMAP 4G v5 on your computer tis recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup Figure 3 Installation has been started 3 Choose installation directory brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 14 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Select Destination Location Where should WiMAP 4G be installed Setup will install WiMAP 4G into the following folder To continue click Next F you would like to select a different folder click Browse Program Files WVWiMAP 4G At least 174 6 MB of free disk space is required Select Start Menu Folder Where should Setup place the program s shortcuts Setup will create the program s shortcuts in the following Start Menu folder To continue click Next fF you would like to select a diferent folder click Browse ViMAP 4G Dont create a Start Menu folder Figure 5 Start menu folder selection 4 Select program icon locations brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 15 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Which additional tasks should be performed Select the additional tasks you would like Setup to perform while installing WiMAP 4G then click Next
50. Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Frequency Coverage Frequency From MHz 2430 000 To MHz 2450 000 Spectrum From MHz 2400 000 To MHz 2484 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 20 000 Default Antenna Power dBm 14 771 Indoor Loss dB 10 000 aa Figure 166 Configured carrier SVS ESS 4 Click Coverage and edit the coverage options according to the chosen carrier type QAM64 1 2 QAM16 3 4 QAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2 a Figure 167 Coverage settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 107 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po S S D Coverage is preconfigured for every carrier type but the specific values can be changed by clicking Edit Color options can be changed by clicking on Levels To add a new value a level needs to be created first C ick Levels gt Add add the specific values and Click on Ok Now the parameters of this new value can be set with Edit 5 If all necessary carriers have been created or edited click on OK 6 2 Import Carrier Importing carrier is possible with WiMAP 4G Both importing carrier information from other projects to the active working set and importing carrier data from other programs that allow exporting data in rad format is provided This feature can be useful to import carriers for the specific country and restrictions of this country
51. User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 42 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Category Measurement z Carrier List WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 x Adjust Show only active points of selected carrier Coverage levels Name QAM64 3 4 QAM64 1 2 QAM16 3 4 QAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2 No coverage o Oo C 7 Figure 51 The points tab coverage tab The visualisation tab is for colouring points based on the category the parameter that is visualized and the co ouring which are shown in a table by Jnterva s With one click on Adjust the colour is set With Reset colour settings are restored back to the latter colouring Category Parameter Data rate Colouring Default Adjust Set the points with colour of parameter Reset the action Figure 52 The points tab visualisation tab 2 5 4 The Calculation Tab The calculation tab is one of the most important tabs and shows all done calculation in the actual project If a calculation is done all sites and antennas used in this calculation will show up in the calculation tab Single sites or antennas can be activated or deactivated for getting better calculation results or even finding an interfering one The upper part of the calculation tab offers all important calculations that are possible with WiMAP 4G brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 43 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations
52. WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WIMAX Channel 1 lower band WIMAX WIMAX Channel 1 upper band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 10 lower band WIMAX WIMAX Channel 10 upper band WIMAX WiMAX Channel 11 lower band WIMAX 7300 000 2400 000 2460 000 2430 000 5490 000 5510 000 5530 000 5920 000 5070 000 5590 000 5630 000 5650 000 5690 000 Figure 163 Choose New to create a new 7320 000 2420 000 2480 000 2450 000 5510 000 5530 000 5550 000 5270 000 5990 000 5610 000 5630 000 5650 000 5670 000 5690 000 5710 000 o7 20 000 5770 000 5790 000 5610 000 5850 000 5670 000 3517 000 3417 000 3580 000 Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Name Browse Frequency Coverage des rns Fe ibe 2400 000 To MHz 2420 000 2400 000 To MHz 2420 000 0 000 Frequency From MHz Spectrum From MHz Signal Bandwidth MHz Default Antenna Power dBm 14 771 10 000 a Figure 164 The carrier configuration window Indoor Loss dB A carrier can be created by choosing Carriers gt Create too brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 106 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Kreuz Aone aim iD E ne i a Figure 165 The fast way to create a carrier 3 Configure the carrier and always keep the specifications for the specific carrier in mind A 2 4 GHz WLAN should not have a frequency spectrum up to 5 GHZ E M
53. WinProp a0 4 1476 ai 0 2837 a2 0 0014 Elevation Model DXF Results in function f a 4 1476 0 2837a 0 0014a 2 Building Classes cog ee eee Roof Diffraction a0 7 5829 al 0 42352 a2 0 0037 Results in function f a 7 5829 0 4232a 0 0037a 2 Ground Diffraction a0 0 0000 ai 0 0000 a2 0 0000 Results in function f a 0 0000 0 0000a 0 0000a 2 Load Default Load From File Save Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 90 The CORLA model parameters tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 66 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po S S OSS At the bottom of the window it is possible to import a model parameter file in the actual project This enables the user to share configuration files between projects The actual configuration can also be saved by clicking on Save Furthermore it is possible to set the configuration to the default parameters by clicking on Load Default Do not change Corla parameters if you are not 100 sure what you are doing Since the CORLA Raylauncher is not developed by brown iposs further information can only be gathered from TNC The WiMAP 4G product support will open the contact on request 3 1 2 4 WinProp WinProp is for propagation modeling in different scenarios like Rural Indoor and Outdoor with different model types of calculation In this version only insert Rural There
54. and site height can be set brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 121 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Clients Create Site Link Calcule Edit Sites Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WIMAX Activation Mgt Li Import Antennas Empty Site Export Antennas a Change Multiple Antennas Figure 192 Create empty or 3 sector example sites A site can also be created with right clicking the desired point on the map and click on Create Site Create Site Create Client Create Point Figure 193 Create a site on the map If there are no carrier and antennas preconfigured only an empty site can be created In that case carrier and antennas must be created while creating this site To create carriers and antennas see the chapter 6 and 7 1 2 Choose a name for the new site and type in the correct coordinates where the site should be placed brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 122 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name myNewSite X 367316 53 Browse Country y 5622789 20 Browse EEs a d Colour Colour W Change Transp 0 DES Street IE Site ID my personal number 1 ID Carrier Direction Type Hei
55. are three possibilities to create points e Choose Points gt Create Points Clients Link Calc Create Edit Multiple a Export Import Activation Edit Categories Figure 218 Create points from the menu e Right click the desired position on the map and choose Create Point brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 137 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Create Site Create Client Create Point Figure 219 Create points on the map e Choose the point tab in the Project Explorer right click there and choose New New Insert Wl Gane Se wane Figure 220 Create points in the points tab 2 In the appearing window choose a point category and click on OK gt Select Category Category DE Options ig Co cnca Figure 221 Choose a category If there is no point category it needs to be created This can be done by choosing Options gt New fe A short introduction how to create point categories can be found in chapter 9 1 1 3 The next window shows all the columns created in the chosen point category Feel free to fill as many as you can The X Y coordinates can be manually set to make sure the point position hit the actual position of the customer exactly If the coordinates are only known from a different coordinate system press Brows
56. broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems To Frequency MHz 2400 000 Maximum Building Count 5 Maximum attenuation per Building dB 20 000 Maximum Overall Attenuation dB 100 000 Cancel Figure 86 Click OK to save the changes 4 Click on OK to add the new frequency dependent parameter The new parameter is created and will be used in the project Frequency Dependent Parameters To Frequency Maximum Building Count Maximum attenuation per Building Maximum Overall Attenuation Add 2400 000 if Delete Ce S ee Figure 87 The created parameter appears in the list 3 1 2 3 CORLA Raylauncher CORLA Cube Oriented Ray Launching Algorithm is a powerful propagation model based on the 3D raylaunching technology CORLA provides a cube based representation of the area which leads to fast identification processing of diffraction and reflection sources Different antenna patterns delay spread and building penetration are inherent features of the algorithm Hence CORLA is optimized for speed it is 20 to 40 times faster than other ray launching solutions and therefore qualified to be used in WiMAP 4G Due to the complexity of the CORLA Raylauncher there are many adjustments to be done to optimize it for a better use in the current project Project Properties lt a General CORLA Raylauncher Calculation Theme Executable Path C Progra
57. cama dace cee nent ace sach saci cave ceneuewsnenandss ESEESE SE 53 Acnanged DONIO cscrinisinivinericizicenissvevevinatinansasteaiviexeiacriseriaisieiseaerentisasiasnaaers 54 theme settings taD ceceaavccucatecenedverdreansadectunentesiessiearsanreadetuanatesauartecenaureqartuaaa 54 AEK ORN NONE darreria E NEEE 54 Click Add to add new intervals cscsccccscsrsecsesrcecsenrceceearseceearseseearseseearseseeates 55 AUDE NS tea ata act eee ttt em te ee terete eat ete altel a eee arena 55 The created profile appears in the list cccscsecesseseceseeseceseessenseensenseessenseeues 55 The empirical models settings tab ccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaeeeseeaeeeeeeaneesaes 56 User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 243 of 251 6 FTEGTSEATA WEE Ieee WERTCHSEITVEsIceH CTE SPENT STSEeINSNT SUCH STHER Ipossi Figure 76 The free space propagation settings tab ccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 57 Figure 77 Free space propagation settings tab ssssssssnsrusssrsrnrnrnrrnrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennrnnnr 58 Figure 78 Click Add to add new parameterS s ssessssssesssnsrnrssnsrnrrnrrnnrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennennne 58 Figure 79 Press OK to save changes cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeseseeaeeeeeeaneeeass 58 Figure 80 The ITU R P 1411 3 settings tab ssssesssnsnensnnsnnrnnnsrnrnnnrnnrnrnennrnrnennrnnnennenene 59 Figure 81 The Erceg model settings tab cccscsssecsesrsecsecrceceearcecuears
58. carrier to interferer value for an area assuming there would be coverage If the include area without coverage option is enabled the margin will be ignored WLAN 2 4 GHz 2 000 m above ground QamMm64 3 4 oamed 1 2 QAM16 3 4 QAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 T QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2 No Coverage Figure 330 Field strength area calculation Erceg A Carier To Interferer dB 2 000 m above ground Margin 10 00 dB Canier To Interferer dB 2 000 m above ground Cte Hl J Bonn Zentrum Figure 332 A carrier to interferer theme example 0 dB margin brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 200 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems As described in the legend the yellow areas on the map do not have a usable signal Green zones are more efficient A little green circle on the map marks the area with the best carrier to interference ratio Drag the mouse cursor over that circle to show the ratio Pr Maximum 59 47 dB 2 000 m Height 4GL Figure 333 The best C I is marked with a green circle on the map brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 201 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 9 The Power Level Theme The power level theme helps to determine the exact values for the power level in specific areas Another way to show those values are points used to calculate the power level
59. changes Change Only active points All points Category Measurement xl Column Power Value dBm 78 000 cancel_ Figure 228 Choose column and value brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 141 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 8 4 Point Activation Points can be active or inactive as well as antennas sites and clients This can be beneficial for example for making a calculation 8 4 1 How to Activate or Deactivate Points Points can be activated or deactivated in different ways depending on the user Fast way 1 Choose Points gt Activation and one of the options e Activate all All points of a chosen point category will be set to active e Deactivate all All points of a chosen point category will be set to inactive e Invert activation All active points will be inactivated and all inactive will be activated point category needs to be chosen e Rectangular activation After choosing a point category the four vertices of a rectangle can be altered to coordinates and all points inside will be activated e Circular activation After choosing a point category both center coordinate and radius can be set and all points inside the circle will be activated e Filter activation Points can be activate based on a filter with the following parameters Power Level SNR and Carrier Slow but precise way 2 All points of the sp
60. click on Edit Delete Terrain Profiler Create Site Create Client Create Point Assign Building Attributes Delete Building Figure 258 Edit clients from the menu e Choose the Client Tab in the Project Explorer right click on the client and choose Edit New Insert Delete Delete Terrain Profiler Figure 259 Edit clients in the clients tab e Choose Chents gt Edit This is the fastest way to edit clients because all clients are listed in the appearing window The desired can be chosen and edited by double clicking on him Name v Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I Ec 10 New airspan WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 17 000 93 47 100 00 alcatel lucent WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 17 000 QAM16 3 4 75 92 100 00 Edit alvarion WLAN_BS2_SGHz WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 23 000 94 59 100 00 beceem WLAN_BS2_SGHz WLan 2 4GHz 24 90 10 16 12 000 121 59 100 00 te brown iposs WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz WLan 2 4 GHz 24 360 17 8 0 000 106 26 37 72 Clients Link Calculation The Create l i E Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points
61. eee eee 24 DOOM Neo aes es ste sts ta ecient eee eee cs eee ea eee ee eee 25 ME I RIV AN OG AA A fave tana geaidaue E A E E A A E A E 25 Distance measurement tool ccccccecececueeeeeevaeeeuevaeseeavaeeeeavaeenvavanenvavenenvananeenas 26 The Terrain Profiler looks like the distance measurement tool cceceseeveveneeuas 26 The Terrain Profiler CA vetcrednentyentecetcnatvectavedcactventscateretvarsnentisesnesinestventasteeman 27 The Fresnel zone iS interrupted ssssesssnsruresnrnnrrrnrrnrnrrennrnrnennrnnnennrnenennennnn 27 The Terrain Profiler configuration MENU s ssssssesssssrnrssrennrnnnennrnnnennrnnnennenens 28 Change title font and color csccesscseecsenrceceenrcecsenrceceenrseseenrsessearseseearseseeates 28 The plot MenU s ssssssssnsnsnnnnsnnnnrnsnunnrnnnunnennnununnnnnnnnnnnununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 29 Disabled tick labels cccececeeeeceecseeeeeeeeesereeseaeaeeesenetsesearaeeenenenstarataesenensnatans 29 TONG ICAO IG es rE EE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE 29 Enabled tick marks ssssessnssnennnssnsrnnrnnsrnrnrnnrnnnnnnrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennrnenennrnnnn 29 Disabled tick MArKS ccccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeea eens saeeesaeaeeesaeaeeesaeaeeenaes 29 The range tab ssssessssssenssnsrnrnrnsrnrnrnsrnrnrnnrnrnrnnrnrnrnnnnrnrnennrnrnennrnnnnnnrnnnennnnnnn 29 The appearance tab s ssssssesssnsrnrrrnsrnrrrnnrnrnrnennrnnnennrnrnennrnrnennrnnnennrnnnennnnnnn 30 T
62. field strenght theme is created at the height the field strength area calculation was made lt i 10 11 1 How to Create a Field Strength Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a field strength theme e Choose Themes gt Field Strength gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window F Coverage Best Server Carrier To Interferer Power Level Sub Carrier Interference Field Strength Elevation Ctrl H Eleyation Building visibility Export b Isolines Clear Figure 348 Create field strength theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer and Click tox S Be amp fe E 2014 07 17 14 02 43 V WLAN_BS3_ 2 4GHz v Base3_Sek1 aa Bevati cadas Y Cients E Link bu Figure 349 Create field strength theme from calculation tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 209 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Field Strength Cu Be Be mm 2014 07 17 14 02 43 V WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz v Basel_Seki V Basel_Sek2 v Basel_Sek3 Toggle Antenna C Coverage B Best Server Si Carrier To Interferer wx Power Level
63. holds a tab called the layer tab This layer tab lists all the layers used in the current project and every layer can be checker or unchecked Every action or import adds a separate layer Building Classes For a better overview WiMAP 4G offers the possibility to arrange buildings in building classes This is also necessary to create advanced buildings with towers or courtyards Building classes can be differentiated by colors Corine The Corine Land Cover is referring to an European program establishing a computerized inventory on land cover of the 27 EC member states and other European countries at an original scale of 1 100 000 using 44 classes of the 3 level Corine nomenclature It is produced by the European Environment Agency and its member countries and is based on the results of IMAGE2000 a satellite imaging program undertaken jointly by the Joint Research Centre of the European Commission and the EEA Corine data can be downloaded from the EEA Website Carrier In telecommunications a carrier wave or carrier is a waveform that is modulated with an input signal for the purpose of conveying information This carrier wave is usually of much higher frequency than the input signal The purpose of the carrier is usually either to transmit the information through space as an electromagnetic wave or to allow several carriers at different frequencies to share a common physical transmission medium by frequency division multiplexing brown ip
64. imported later An empty project does not need to be saved while creation q 3 2 2 1 How to Create an Empty Project 1 Open Project gt New or choose from the Control Bar 2 Choose Create empty project 3 Choose a coordinate system UTM Gauss Krueger Geographic Create Project mE Steps Type Do you want to start a pre configured project using online data sources or create a gt T Z dg project from scratch Location Geodata Create preconfigured project using geodata available online site Create a new project with geographic coordinate system for which the elevation model Project Directory can optionally be initialized from SRTM data and a coarse basic satellite image can be dovmloaded Configure Proxy Create a new empty project with the specified coordinate system Leave elevation model and maps for manual setup which may be performed later Coordinate System UTM C Gauss Krueger Geographic Zone Stripe 32 South Of Equator Specify area by coordinates Easting Northing Finish Cancel Figure 113 Choose a coordinate system type brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 77 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems UTM The Universal Transverse Mercator System is a coordinate system that makes it possible to locate every point on earth with the help of two length declaration Therefore it split
65. iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 184 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Columns lW Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level Calculate Field Strength EA lf Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier i Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Figure 302 General settings for point field strength calculation Make sure to assign the calculated value to the correct point category column For the height column choose the height column that is used from the points Do not use the Z column because this will distort the results 5 At last choose the carrier for the calculation and press OK to start the calculation 10 4 2 Compare all Propagation Models With the help of the point categories it is also possible to compare the propagation models A propagation model may give good results whereas another does not offer good results for the special case With some modifications the results of all propagation models can be compared to make a decision 10 4 2 1 How to Use all Propagation Models for a Point Field Strength Calculation 1 Choose Points gt Edit Categories Name v Potential Customer potential customer Points Clients Link Cale __ gt Options Create Edit Multiple 44 Export Import Activation Close Figure 303 Open the point category settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G
66. isolines can be used to mark different heights in the environment They can be exported and guide themselves on the elevation model An elevation model is required to create elevation isolines 11 2 1 How to Create Elevation Isolines 1 Import an elevation model To import an elevation model see chapter 4 2 1 To make an elevation calculation see chapter 10 12 1 3 Choose Themes gt Elevation gt Display Isoline Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage gt Best server PPP Carrier to interferer pal x Power level Sub carrier interference Field strength r v wv v v eer 4 Elevation gt amp Display Ctrl H Elevation Building Visibility gt Display Isoline Clear Export gt Figure 372 Create elevation isolines 4 The elevation isolines window opens and some adjustments have to be done brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 224 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Resolution m 10 000 Step Size m 10 000 Color W change Transp 0 W Remove existing isolines cancel Figure 373 Fill in the desired values Choose the resolution a more precise resolution takes more time to calculate but offers better results and the color and transparency for the isolines The step size describes the difference between two isolines on the same environment in m If there is a height di
67. link budget tab offers the user the possibility to calculate a detailed link budget for a desired situation Many variables can be inserted to guarantee the most precise results The link budget tab will be explained later in this manual so take a look on the corresponding chapters Transmitter Unit Max Total Power dBm Max Pilot Power dBm Antenna Gain Tx dBi Cable Loss Tx dB Tx Loss dB EIRP dBm Receiver Unit Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 174 000 Noise Figure Rx dB 3 000 3 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 0 000 0 000 Rx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 Required C I dB 6 000 6 000 RX Sensitivity dBm Antenna Gain Rx dBi Cable Loss Rx dB Total available path loss dB Dimensioning Own source interference Other source interf margin dB Fast fading margin dB Log normal fading margin dB Indoor Loss dB Environmental Loss dB Performance Gains dB Max permitted prop loss dB Free Space cell range m Erceg C cell range m Carrier Frequency MHz 3500 000 Refresh djust Z J5 Sites t Layers Points alcul Elevat ada Clients P Figure 57 The link budget tab 2 6 Colour Sites antennas and points can be coloured for a better overview For example in the demo project Munich can be changed the colour of sites and antennas 2 6 1 How to make a Site coloured 1 Open the setting of a Site or create a new Site brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 46
68. location of your License file If there are any problems try to find a solution in the FAQ at the end of the user manual first brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 18 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 First Steps 2 1 The First Project After installation and activation are successfully completed the program launches and a new project can be created WiMAP 4G v5 1 0 Community Edition New co Jl s3 Project Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help oso oeXeQQQQliaavA amp s Points gQ at Welcome to WiMAP 4G es What Do You Want To Do C Create New Project Load Project From File Load demo project Munich I o Cancel a ox HAGL m Z m 0 75 075 vo a ery 3 E 5 Scale 1 Me Adjust _ 0 50 0 50 8 s a an 2 0 0 2 0 00 0 00 0 0 5 07 Dist e m Bh Log FY Terrain Profiler sites Layers Points fxCalc a Eleva cada Cients E Link x 130 54 y 43 37 Figure 10 WiMAP 4G launches for the first time After launching WiMAP 4G for the first time there are three possibilities e Create a new project e Load a project from a rad file e Have a look at the demo project Munich Newcomers should take a look at the demo project to get an impression of the program and its possibilities bro
69. of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Antenna 0 WiMAX Channel 1 upper band 0 00 Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 Antenna 120 WiMAX Channel 2 upper band 120 00 Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 Antenna 240 WiMAX Channel 3 upper band 240 00 Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 ID Carrier Direction Type Heighi New Edit Figure 58 Settings of a Site 2 Under the heading Colour the colour and the transparency can be changed in Click on Change to change the colour 0S a a a m D oo ie Sample Text Sample Text E a E i Sample Text ok Cancel Reset Figure 59 Select the colour 3 Select your new colour click on OK and click by Site again on OK Now your selected site is in your colour brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 47 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 6 2 How to make an Antenna coloured 1 Open the setting of a site or select the antenna in the site tab and take a right click on the antenna and select dit or open in action bar Antenna Types gt Edit Here you can only change the basic settings of an antenna type Direction itv DOA Downtilt i2 2 0 000 I Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To Lower Edge Center Carrier Carrier WiMAX Channel 1 upper band wv Options Power dBm 21 000
70. orientation and to keep all actions as simple as possible 2 5 1 The Sites Tab The sites tab in the Project Explorer give an overview of all sites and antennas used in the project Site T i WIMAX BS1 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz WLAN BS2 SGHz WLAN _BS3_ 2 4GHz Site 7 Direction Carrier W WIMAX BS1 0 00 wiMAs Channel 1 lower band iv WIMAs BS1 170 00 WiMd amp s Channel 2 flower band w WIM AS BS1 240 00 WiMA Channel 3 flower band w WLAN BS1 2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 iM WLAN BSI 2 4GHz 120 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 i WLAN_BS1_ 2 4GHz 240 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 iM WLAN BS2_5GHz 0 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN BS 5GHz 120 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 iM WLAN BS2 SGHz 240 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 iM WLAN BSS 2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Points fcCalc a Eleva Figure 47 The sites tab The upper part of the sites tab shows all sites used in the project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 40 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Right click on a site offers a few options for creation deletion etc The lower part of the sites tab shows all the antennas used in the project with their corresponding sites and used Carriers Right click on an antenna offers the possibilities to delete or edit antennas Creation of antennas is not possible because the antennas are placed on a site To create ante
71. possibilities to change a colour profile Renaming Profiles changing transparency or adding new intervals are possible Colour From and Colour To are the colours shown beyond the intervals brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 53 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems _ gt Colouring Name E Colours Colour From PFa Change Transp 49 Colour To chance Transp 14 Intervals From To Nam Add Set Transparency Figure 69 A changed profile 4 Click on OK to save the changes 3 1 2 1 2 How to Add a New Colour Profile 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Calculation gt Theme Calculation Empirical Models Free Space Propagation io TTI P 1411 3 Figure 70 Theme settings tab 2 Select the desired theme for example Field Strength 3 Press New to open the configuration window Field Strength Default Figure 71 Click on New 4 Name the new profile and change colour These are the colours shown beyond the intervals 5 Add intervals by selecting Add brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 54 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Name New Profile Colors Color From W Change Transp 0 Color To O Change Transp 0 Intervals From To Name Set Transparency OK
72. the used parameters exactly and can handle them correctly 50 m which is usually enough to get an overview but not enough for a precise For Community Edition users the calculation cannot be more precise than calculation Calculation Category Potential Customer Model Erceg Model Type Erceg C Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Columns V Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level l Calculate Field Strength V Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier MV Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz cancel Figure 292 Choose the type that fits the situation 3 1 2 The coverage probability has to be set It can be set to a standard value in the WiMAP 4G settings It is a little bit tricky to understand the function of that value It describes the chance that considering all circumstances a specific point receives the calculated field strength in real terms The coverage is always based on probability theory and cannot be guaranteed 100 of the time This probability maybe affected by weather or atmospheric conditions For high frequency carriers the weather can make the little difference between a working and a useless signal The temperature is able to affect the coverage too Depending on this it is always recommended to not set this value to low The calculation result may look very nice in theory but in reality none of the customers may receive a satisfying signal That would be a
73. theme gt Export gt Isoline as MIF Themes Tools View Extras Window Help C Coverage B Best server gt Sie Carrier to interferer gt Sub carrier interference dB Ca max 2 000 m Above ground c wx Power level gt UMTS3 gt Sub carrier interference b al ee Field strength gt J Elevation gt Display Chris be Elevation Building Visibility gt Display Isoline Clear Export gt To Clipboard ae an ig a As Image As ASCII Grid Export to KML Isoline as MIF Isoline as KML Figure 376 Export isolines as kml brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 226 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss SSS 2 Choose a filepath filename and press OK to save the file There is no need to do any settings All displayed isolines will be exported All theme isolines will be exported to the kml format and can be used in other programs that support the kml format Unlike the mif format the kml format can be used with many programs The most common is Google Earth which can import and display kml isolines brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 227 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 12 3D View With the 3 dimensional view impressing presentations can be done for various projects A 3D environment will be r
74. wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Direction Direction i 2 0 000 Downtilt iiv 0 000 Auto adjust Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To Lower Edge Center Carrier Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Options WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 Cable Loss dB 0 000 Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 60 10 17 T Y Options ID Antenna 0 Pattern position Calour Electrical Downtilt From i 2 0 000 To i 0 000 Options All Patterns 1 Proper Technology Patterns 24 60 10 17 V Proper Polarisation Patterns 24 60 10 17 V Proper Downtilt Patterns 24 60 10 17 V Proper Frequency Patterns 24 60 10 17 V Bad Match Figure 203 Antenna settings in the Site Editor 3 In the drop down menu are only the active carriers of the site to add another carrier Click by Carrier on Options gt Carriers Name Technology Frequency From Frequency To Backhaul 38 GHz Backhaul 37500 000 39500 000 Backhaul 7 GHz WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 112 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 116 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 120 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 124 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 128 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 132 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 136 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 140 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 148 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 152 WLAN
75. works for wood too 3 2 Create Projects After configuring the project settings it is time to create a real project A new project can be created e during the start of WiMAP 4G What Do You Want To Do Load Project From File Load demo project Munich Load Recent Project Path munich rap C Program Files WiMAP 4Gpro dem oN Figure 101 The start dialog e by choosing Project gt New while WiMAP 4G is running Current projects can be saved or discarded Geodata Carer Ctrl 5 Save As Print Ctrl P Properties Exit munich rap munich rap Figure 102 Create a new project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 71 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems The Create Project Dialog appears Type Do you want to start a pre configured project using online data sources or create a f project from scratch Location Geodata Create preconfigured project using geodata available online Site Create a new project with geographic coordinate system for which the elevation model Project Directory can optionally be initialized from SRTM data and a coarse basic satellite image can Create a new empty project with the specified coordinate system Leave elevation model and maps for manual setup which may be performed later Coordinate System UTM C Gauss Krueger Geographic Zone Stripe 32 Sou
76. 0 62 5 o Nistance Iml Coordinates To Coordinates Figure 23 Disabled tick labels 263 5 2 25 63 0 62 5 o o S5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 S55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 Distance Iml Coordinates To Coordinates Figure 24 Enabled tick labels ap lap Tick label marks can also be enabled or disabled 5 30 35 40 4 Figure 25 Enabled tick marks 20 35 40 Figure 26 Disabled tick marks In the range tab at the bottom of the window the range value can be modified If there are no specific circumstances auto adjust range should be activated Other Ticks Range Minimum range value 0 0 Maximum range value 99 19471600739221 Figure 27 The range tab All these settings also work for the range axis At last there is the appearance tab which contains settings to change the layout of the Terrain Profiler brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 29 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Title Plot other XY Plot Domain Axis Range Axis Appearance General Outline stroke e o Outline paint A Select Background paint ____ Sellet Orientation Vertical x OK Cancel Figure 28 The appearance tab The outline stroke defines the thickness of the outline For changing the colour of the outline click on the Select button next to the Outline paint row and choose a desired colour Th
77. 00 Erceg Model Building separation b m 30 000 Visibility f ARAA CORLA Raylauncher Road orientation phi i 2 90 000 Algorithm Frequency Loss Factor 0 70 Model Parameters WinProp Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours 0 7 for medium sized cities centers 1 5 for metropolitan centers Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 80 The ITU R P 1411 3 settings tab The ITU R P 1411 3 settings offer a few settings according to the environment Maximum height of buildings o This height is only used if there is no elevation model that can be used for calculations Basically calculation is more detailed and offers precise results with elevation models Widths of roads o The width of roads can vary in different cities or villages It is expressed in meters Building separation o The Building Separation describes gap distance between Buildings It is expressed in meters e Road orientation o The road orientation describes the angle between crossing roads It is expressed in degrees brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 59 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S D e Frequency Loss Factor o There is the frequency loss factor that should be either 0 7 or 1 5 according to the environment 0 7 is used for medium sized city centers whereas 1 5 is used for metropolitan city centers 3 1 2 2 3 Erceg Model The IEEE 802 16 3c pro
78. 000 7 000 Indoor Loss dB 10 000 10 000 Environmental Loss dB 3 000 3 000 Performance Gains dB 0 000 0 000 Max permitted prop loss dB Free Space cell range m Erceg C cell range m Carrier Frequency MHz 3500 000 Refresh Figure 38 The link budget tab 2 4 1 How to Make a Link Budget Calculation Basically there are two different methods to make a link budget calculation Use the Terrain Profiler to make a calculation or calculate manually The manual way is useful to make calculations that cannot be done with the Terrain Profiler or ad hoc calculations without having planned any sites antennas etc 2 4 1 1 Manually 1 Open the link budget calculation tab in the Project Explorer or choose Link gt Link Budget 2 Enter the corresponding values into the link budget tab Existing values are set by default while starting the link budget calculation to match the standard values for the corresponding parameter Do not change these parameters if you are not sure what they do or which more specific values could match your special case 3 WiMAP 4G automatically changes the results while you insert the values brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 36 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Transmitter Unit Max Total Power dBm 0 000 0 000 Max Pilot Power dBm 0 000 0 000 Antenna Gain Tx dBi 0 000 0 000 Cable Loss Tx dB 0 000 0 000 Tx Loss
79. 1 Figure 232 Figure 233 Figure 234 Figure 235 Figure 236 Figure 237 Figure 238 Figure 239 Figure 240 Figure 241 Figure 242 Figure 243 Figure 244 Figure 245 Figure 246 Figure 247 Figure 248 Figure 249 Figure 250 Figure 251 Figure 252 Figure 253 Figure 254 brown iposs GmbH 6 Measurement points from a measurement coloured by visualisation 132 Measurement points from a measurement coloured by coverage 2ceeeee 133 Edit point categories ccceccececeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeaeaeeeeeeanaenags 135 Click on OK to save the CHANGES s ssesssssnesssnsnnrnnnernrnrrsnnrnensrnrnrnernrnenennne 135 Create NEW point categories cececececeeeeeeeeee eens ee eeeeeeeeesesesnenenenensnseseensegees 136 FINA NaMe ia EA ENEN a 136 Choose a type and name cccseeceeceearceceearcecnearsesueatceseenrseseenrsesnentseneentensas 137 Click OK to Save the new category s s ssssssssssrsrnrnrnernrnrnernrnrnernrnrnernrnenennne 137 Create points from the MENU ccccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeeeaeseeeeanees 137 Create points on the map s s ssssssssssrsrsrnsrnrnrrernrnnnernrnrnernrnrnennrnrnennrnenennne 138 Create points in the points tab s ssssssssnsnsnnensnsnnennnnnnennnurnennnurnennnnrnennnnne 138 Choose a category csceccecsecccncuecrcncuearcncuearsucuearceseearseseeatseseearsaseeanseseentsnses 138 Fill in all fields cecetcccae
80. 10 times higher than in reality The spin just spins the view a little bit to the desired angle Playing with that value shows effects quite clear The Z label is the most interesting because it allows the user to zoom in and out A function which could sometimes be required to show specific objects or discover problems that may be hid in detail The first thing to understand is that a 3D view cannot exist with only an X and Y axis A third axis is required to add a steric component This required axis is the Z axis Playing a little bit with this value should show the effect Keep in mind that a value smaller than the average area height used in the project will make the project disappear in the 3D view Always use a value higher than the highest point in your project An elevation calculation may help to determine the height of that highest point brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 229 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 12 2 1 Navigation Specials IpOSS E53 Integrated in the 3D view window there is a menu named Navigation which offers a few possibilities to navigate through the 3 dimensional environment e Camera Platform The standard view which allows the user to navigate with the mouse buttons and the labels at the bottom of the window e Autopilot Starts a camera flight over the environment and is a good application for presentations Cent
81. 108 Create Site Em 5 a vi WLAN _BS3_2 4GHz2 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Create Client f i Create Point i Figure 201 Select the site by Right click in the map or in the Sites tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 126 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 The sites menu is opened and offering access to site description and antennas Gite cm Name Site 1 Browse Position Site Description x 367590 48 Browse Country EI y 5623224 83 Browse State Ej Municipality v Colour Bi Place Ea Colour W Change Transp 0 x Street Description Site ID Antennas ID Carrier Direction Type Heigh New Antenna O WiMAX Channel 1 upper band 0 00 Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 Antenna 120 WiMAX Channel 2 upper band 120 00 Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 Edit Antenna 240 WiMAX Channel 3 upper band 240 00 Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 FEL S gt cancel Figure 202 Edit the site and click OK to save changes 3 Antennas can be edited by choosing the antenna and clicking on Edit A short introduction how to edit antennas can be found in chapter 7 1 2 1 4 Click on Ok to save changes 7 2 3 How to Change Carrier in a Site 1 Take the same steps like in 7 2 2 and stop by point 3 2 Choose the antenna to be changed and click on Edit brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 127 of 251 broadband
82. 5 Export isolines as Mif fil cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeesesaneenags 226 Export isolines AS KIMM ccccecsecccncsecrcncuecrsncuecrsucuecusueuearsueusersusunansususansegues 226 create a JD VIEW saci cavinwetsenincesaanisiciereisayiaereacnicenieanieeeieasinaveneseseriaanieieieeeees 228 EXAMS S D VOW irer tirienn anaE EEEE 228 TEADE re e 229 Choose the desired antenna cccsccsesceecsearceceecrcecnenrceceenrseseenscessestsessesssnsas 230 The antenna will be focused sssssssnsssnennsnnnunnrnnnunnsnnnurnnnnnurnsnnnurnnnnnurnnnns 230 Navigation specials choose Center Antenna s ssessssesesnnrnernrnnrnnnnrnnrnrnnrnne 230 PDO o DEVON e ee eee er eee e er ere eRe er er eee ETT eR CET RCE er RCE ere ener ere errr er rere 231 User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 250 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems FOUG 304 EXPOrNted NG rererere netee EENET ERE EE EEEREN Ee 231 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 251 of 251
83. 50 Intersecting buildings and wood 7 gt Masy tng x ss F Se il c Ar Figure 151 Building in building A tower has been created and placed inside the other building without any error or warning message 1 To make buildings inside other buildings clearly visible just make a few visibility F adjustments in the building classes settings 5 2 Export Buildings Buildings can be exported from WiMAP 4G to import buildings to other programs or to WiMAP 4G itself for a different project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 96 of 251 i broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 5 2 1 How to Export Buildings 1 Choose Geodata gt Buildings gt Save Buildings Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Li Elevation Model gt a a w D Bla Buildings gt Fil Load Buildings Capture Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 152 Choose save buildings to export buildings 2 Choose a directory pick a desired name for the export file and click on OK After exporting the mif file can be found in the chosen save directory brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 97 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 5 3 Import Buildings Buildings can be imported as easy as they can be exported The fi
84. 7 1 7 Activate or Deactivate ANTON cccsecceeceseceetencceeceuccseceuceseseuceseseuceseseusesesensnseseneneess 119 Veal ro Mam 6 S kaa 161 9 Sel oe eee nee one mnneT nee eee ne rer eres 120 7 1 8 1 HOW to Edit all Antennas Faster acsvercssccucsncasetanccisotceacesowanaesaottsacesdtaoawsaetdeaeesavapcessobasancatencetsetdsanentiarctiaebas 120 P E a E E I E E AE E E A 121 7 2 1 HOW TO Che CC SI CCS piriratit tinitini onoi TETINE ENEE AEN EA OENE tactanevonnian anc 121 Taa HOWTOFO SIOS reri rr irer iesea E ACNEE OOOO AEO A 126 7 2 3 HOW 10 Change Carrier in a SILC vecanece lt snsscaaananidecennsdeatosionvdessinavsanaeeesUisdevsdesceesasdecssratanaisss 127 7 2 4 Activate or Deactivate SITOS cccceecseeccscceeccssceeceuccseceuscsesessesesenseeeseusneeseusssesensneesensneess 129 7 2 4 1 How to Activate or Deactivate all Sites at ONCE oossnnssseenesssenssssrresssrrrsssrrressreressrrressreressreressreressreeeee 129 7 2 4 2 How to Activate or Deactivate Sites Manually ccccccccssseccccesseceeceeseceeceesececceaeceesaeeeceesaeaeceesueeeeeesaees 130 POUT S eccacenncencyescoeses cect cisco vucusprscovsae oesudensvenssvuncccnseupysncousvoessdeeses E E E 131 8 1 MEASUREMENT POINTS givesteascccuisarcesncuncsessaletapenaraasseucesnaneseucsw E 131 S2 PONTCATGORIE S oocriess nre EEE E E sacemeuceaeanseanoues 134 8 2 1 How to Edit Point CATCGOLICS cccccseseccneseceenseecenscccesecscsecseusessensessenecssesectsesestssessanses 134 8 2
85. A coverage probability 50 o 10 3 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher Model 3 2 1 The CORLA Raylauncher settings which can be made during a client coverage calculation are limited First of all the precision in X Y direction and in Z direction can be set in meter Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is big So keep in mind to run a test calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 171 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overseen _ O Model sF EET ae Resolution X Y m 5 5 000 Resolution Z m 5 5 000 Point Extent multiple of Resolution X Y p Working Directory Temp radiation4629458165149532025tmp Choose Average Utilization Own Cell Interference Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz Noise Figure Receiver dB cancel Figure 279 Client coverage calculation settings for CORLA 3 2 3 Choose a working directory for CORLA Usually it does not need to be edited CORLA only needs to create a few temporary files while calculating To configure the CORLA Raylauncher see chapter 3 1 2 3 Note that the CORLA Raylauncher needs a license for a specific environment and can only be used by Professional
86. APL 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 2 p04 5ID105 API 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 6 p 5 SID105 AF1 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 31 219278667 7 p06 SID1OS API 86 amp WLAN 3GHz 6 776615 31 21928667 p 7 SIDIOS API 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 o1 21928667 S p08 SIDIOS AF1 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 ig p 9g SID105 APL 86 8 WLAN 5GHZzZ 6 776615 51 21928 667 11 pl SIDIOS APL 86 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 l2 pll SID105 APl 86 amp WLAN SGHz 6 776615 91 21928667 13 pl2 SIDIOS AF1 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 o1 21928667 14 pis 5ID105 AF1 86 8 WLAN 5GHz 6 776615 51 219278667 15 pl4 SIDIOS APL 86 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 16 pls 5ID105 AF1 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 51 21928667 17 pl SIDIOS APL 86 amp WLAN SGHz 6 776615 31 219278667 18 pil SID1OS APl 86 amp WLAN 3GHz 6 776615 o1 219258667 Figure 208 Supported csv file with measurement information A measurement file can be imported by a normal import of points look at 8 5 3 But there is a little difference Each measurement point get their own point so that one point can overlap another points After an import it should be checked if the imported carrier is existing If this carrier does not exist the carrier must be created With the function Points gt Edit multiple look at 8 3 3 it is also possible to change the carrier to an available carrier brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 131 of 251 broadband wireless networks investig
87. BS2_5GHz Figure 346 A Sub Carrier Interference theme example Munich 0 dB margin As shown in Figure 346 most of the area is shaded in light green which does mean that the Signal for sub carrier WLAN 2 4GHz Channel 1 is not too much faced with interference In contrary to the carrier to interference the whole consideration is done for the selected sub carrier independent of being the sub carrier of the best server or not With the help of this theme easily areas of high interference for a given sub carrier and its carrying frequency can be explored A little green circle on the map marks the area with the best Sub Carrier Interference Drag the mouse cursor over that circle to see the exact power WLAN _BS3_2 4GHzg Maximum 55 50 dB 1 000 m Height AGL Figure 347 The best Sub Carrier Interference is marked with a green circle on the map 10 11 The Field Strength Theme The field strength theme is useful to determine for example the power density in a specific area around antennas This can be used to see if the power density fulfills the conditions given by the specific environment A high power density can cause damage on human health so a power density theme should always be made to check out the field strength and to see if the critical values do not get exceeded brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 208 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Note that the
88. Calculation Bilinear Cellwise Maximum Cell Count 1000 Resolution C Absolute m 4 000 Pixel Relative 25 00 Coloring Default Position Eye X 691297 60 Eye Y 5336149 06 Eye Height m 0 000 Height AGL m 10 000 Elevation Attenuation dB 10 000 length m V Include Building Intersection Frequency MHz 2000 000 cancel Figure 362 Visibility theme settings Choose whether to use bilinear cell or stepwise for the theme Enter a value for the chosen technique and change the resolution to your needs The resolution can be absolute or relative At ast a color profile needs to be set To change the color profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 4 Make some position settings to meet your special case e EYE X The x coordinate of the imaginary eye e EYE Y The y coordinate of the imaginary eye These coordinates are set to the position of the cursor by default e Eye Height specifies the height of the imaginary eye above the ground e Height AGL specifies the height above the ground onto which the imaginary eye looks brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 216 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Elevation Attenuation specifies the attenuation that is considered in case of NLOS e Include Building Intersection considers visibility restrictions arising from the building model e In this case a frequency needs to be s
89. Cancel Figure 268 Field strength area calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 164 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems To configure the ITU R P 1411 3 see chapter 3 1 2 2 2 alcatel lucent WLAN B1 _2MGHz WLAN_BS2_5GHz Figure 269 A field strength area calculation example Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road orientation 90 resolution absolute 5 m 10 2 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model 3 4 1 The Free Space Propagation model is the easiest model of all and therefore it does not need a lot of adjustments The resolution of the calculation can be set either in or in m Higher means higher precision whereas the value in m needs to be low for a good precision Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is big So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overseen Calculation Model Free Space Propagation Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Pixel Relative 96 10 00 Height AGL m 10 000 lif Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates x From 687177 39 xX To 6952798 15 Y From 5333875 62 C Y To 5338495 62 Figure 270 Field strength area calculation settings for Free Space Propagation
90. E E E E E A 90 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 4 of 251 6 8 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 5 1 1 Howto Credite BUN OIN OS sect srcsscanrcisersecantevanec rE e TEENS EREN EEEE EEEa 90 G2 ACV ARCO OU ONO orres en EOE E 94 5 1 2 1 How to Create Courtyard or Similar in Buildings sssnnnesseenssseenesssersssrrressrrersssrrressreressreressreressreressreress 94 5 1 2 2 How ta Add intersecting BUIdINES sccsccsptascscapieicocasstancdwusitacenasdanshnusdsaranesinasinnsseachunsdennheusdeansanadsbnientseianauees 95 52 EXPORT BURDNGS tee ne nee E et eve eee eee 96 5 2 1 FLOW TO Export Buildings serieei EEA ETE 97 S IMPORT BOLDIN rean r a EE E E EE E S 98 5 3 1 How to MMDOLE BUN GINGS cerris naeia iE E NETANE OOE RE 98 5 4 CREATE BUILDINGS USING CADASTRAL DATA PROFESSIONAL EDITION sseecccccessecceeeeeeeeceseaeeeeeess 98 5 4 1 How to Create Buildings Using Cadastral Data cccccccseseccccnesececeesecessessescceesecessseeeeas 98 5 5 CREATE BUILDINGS USING CORINE PROFESSIONAL EDITION ssesecccccesecceceeeeseeceeseeeseeeeesaenaseess 100 5 5 1 How to Create Buildings Using Corine Data sccccccseseccccssecccesecseceesesecsesecetsusecesseesess 100 5 60 CLEAR BUILDING CACHE seciciisreniniceaithiiieiniiriv ere niiiip aier O EE a aa 102 5 6 1 FIOW TO Clear Building COGIC ss vasnssindorsnnsnagdiasivelupuncsesnsnzadannsodeted E ES 103 CARRIER csecccacsrcosv
91. Edition users Name T Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level Gi M beceem WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QAM16 1 2 77 23 16 00 proxim WLAN _BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 6 000 100 23 9 00 M redline WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 91 23 24 00 Figure 280 A client coverage calculation example brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 172 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Munich CORLA resolution x y 3 resolution z 3 point extent 1 10 3 1 3 With the ITU R P 1411 3 Model 3 3 1 Choose the average road orientation in This can be set to a standard value in the settings Model ITu R P 1411 3 Road orientation phi 7 90 000 Average Utilization Own Cell Interference a Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz Noise Figure Receiver dB Figure 281 Client coverage calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 To configure the ITU R P 1411 3 see Chapter 3 1 2 2 2 Name Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I beceem WLAN_BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QAM16 1 2 77 70 42 26 proxim WLAN _BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 8 000 126 67 0 11 wl redline WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 99 02 19 60 Figure 282 A client coverage calculation example Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road orientation 90 10 3 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model 3 4 1 The Free Spac
92. G 5 1 Page 56 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 1 2 2 1 Free Space Propagation The free space propagation is a simple but effective propagation model It is also called equation of radio wave propagation or Friss Model The free space propagation model is primarily based on the elevation model Optionally it takes into account visibility restrictions regarding the elevation model and the building model While this model is not eligible for city centers and strongly cultured regions it produces good results for suburban and rural regions plus it is a very fast algorithm It can help to identify critical regions where detailed measurements need to be done Free Space Propagation Theme Power Level Drop Power Law Exponential Law _ amp Empirical models Pathloss Exponent Power Law 2 00 Pathloss Factor Exponential Law 0 00230 Free Space Propagation l LITUR P 1411 3 Elevation Model Attenuation dB 10 000 0 000 2 Erceg Model i jee Visibility Frequency Dependent Parameters amp pi so eee To Frequency Power Level Drop Pathloss Exponent Pathloss Factor Attenuation Algorithm Model Parameters Edit WinProp f Elevation Model Delete Include Building Intersection Figure 76 The free space propagation settings tab There are two possibilities to calculate the path loss e Power law Lee s
93. L It is only available with a valid field strength calculation and visualization Some formats ASCII are limited to Professional licensees Export requires a previous selected visualization Theme and is restricted to the presented result Please select the required theme accordingly before running the export 10 14 1 How to Export a Theme 1 Start a field strength area calculation and select a visualization theme How to run a field strength calculation is described in 10 2 Available visualization themes and its selection are discussed in 10 6ff 2 Choose Themes gt Elevation gt Export Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage r Best server Carrier to interferer Power level Field strength Elevation Display Ctrl H gt gt gt Sub carrier interference b b b Elevation Building Visibility err PP Display Isoline Clear Export gt To Clipboard i gt As Image Export to KML Isoline as MIF Isoline as KML Figure 365 Select Export sub menu 3 Choose the export format brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 218 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems To Clipboard To Clipboard is As Image is As Image Export to KML Isoline as MIF Isoline as KML Figure 366 Available export themes formats left Professional Edition right Community Edition e To Clipboa
94. NENT secin S E a 13 TA IN AAT ON ea E EA 14 1 4 1 FIOW to Install WIMAP 4G sasaciavsnincetasssanadweantiteawannacasvansnsaawessnestnendagsasbasaeanutadnaabaeevpeateeaints 14 1 5 LAUNCHING WIMAP 4G FOR THE FIRST TIME 0 cc0scecsscessocsseasscsscassensscnssccsccsescsecensetcsesssnsesessencsens 17 1 5 1 Get a License for the Professional Edition ccccsscccccseesecccseseccccnsecscsseeseceesececeusecesaseeeeas 17 1 5 2 Geta License for the Community Edition ccccccseescccceseccesesceccseesececeusecssseseessseeseseesess 17 2 PIRSTSTEPS re tes etacve ce ceicnsenccanosecucawesessissascanicasteuccansesunesnaceusseutsestaesennnesuonseusstuecovecennessieespiewiess 19 Zeke TRE IRS PROVEC Tores R EE E E EE E OE 19 AP WORK ATEA er NNE AA E A A E ee ee A A S 21 2 2 1 WV OTIC ACO BDOSICS act ascataernacectetadsg i cennticbcuonce bacenndecssuedac AE E S 21 222 ElCMeCNtS ofthe CONTIOI BOM vatrccesccdccsnstacicessuncseuisdssacsesciacatetedbsacsuedssanededneasentiacsucdseivoosuedl 22 22S TER ONIE LOO TOON eana E OR 24 2 2 4 The Distance Measurement Tool cccsesecccsssecccnsssecccsssecccssececsusessceussesecssecessueessssuasess 25 22a The Teran TTO cd csaa A E 26 2 2 5 1 How to Use the Terrain Profilet cicsnsssinscssancctwrsnnontalswansduussansondsvansdavvovncaielesearttubeennwadssensdtevevnssiesseaseineeiaaviaees 26 2 2 5 2 Configuring the Terrain Profiler saccsacsesetaivescastastieusscevseavsaswsceiaavyscestantbeasdanabieiiaaaciedaanseinedaetiiweatareea
95. P 4G product support Latest pricing information are available at www wimap 4g com Contact info brown iposs eu for more information and for ordering a license Terrain Profiler The Terrain Profiler is a useful tool to get an overview on the environment and the elevation on the project It can be used in several ways The main aspect of the Terrain Profiler is the ability to detect problems in the terrain while link two sites The Terrain Profiler is a drag and drop tool which detects buildings mountains or even trees that could interfere the connection It is also possible to start a link budget calculation with the Terrain Profiler Results can be plotted or exported for presentations Geodata Geodata is computerized geographical information which can help the user to get a better overview of the environment and the buildings in the project area There are many types of geodata available on the internet Special data like elevation models or cadastral data can be imported and used in WiMAP 4G projects These data sometimes need to be purchased due to the high expense of creating them Therefore they are very precise and qualified to be used in WiMAP 4G to achieve better results Project A project includes a network which consists of all locations with their systems for example WLAN WiMAX antennas and the included data for example geodata background image A project also includes all settings done within it for example propagation s
96. P 4G 5 1 Page 98 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients L Elevation Model a 2s Y Oo wf la _ Buildings Load Buildings Maps j Save Buildings Capture Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 154 Create buildings from cadastral data 2 Choose the layer that contains the structures in the appearing window Choose the structure depending on the available building classes The last important information is the structure height The height of 8 m is default and should be used if the user is not sure how high the buildings are gt Create Buildings From Cadastral Data Layer CT Class Forrest x Building Height m 8 000 Replacement Choose how to handle replace if a newly extracted building overlaps an old one Replacement Take New Building C Take New Building With Old Height Keep Existing Building las wf E l e ari ae Advanced Options ey Ta Cea es pei pas F a Tolerance Radius mm 10 0 ais ta tes E 4 Ga E ie V Stop For Closed Polygons 7 h e cera el Red ite Coordinates LT rae E a 7 ky i X From 719932 34 X To 721076 32 oy ep ek ome vy A F toa l i Y From 5504390 58 Y To 5504768 02 Wd Figure 155 Import settings 3 There are advanced settings for import
97. Pilot 90 00 Bands 1 Cable Loss dB 0 000 Antenna Type Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 v Options ID Antenna 0 Pattern Position Colour Colour Change Transp 0 Figure 60 Antenna settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 48 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 Under the Option Color can be change the color and the transparency in Click on Change to change the color gt Change Oe SaaS aa 5 _ _ eee See ae E See _ EMAST eee eas oS es__ SRR ea ee rere hae eee eee Bee US See eee m o By Sample Text Sample Text Sample Text Sample Text A E C Sample Text Sample Text o Cancel Reset Figure 61 Select the colour 3 Select your new colour click on OK and click by Site again on OK Now your selected antenna is displayed in the colour of your choice fe To change multiple antennas or sites look at 7 1 8 1 2 6 3 How to make a point coloured Look at chapter 8 6 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 49 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 Projects 3 1 Project Settings Before creating a new project some adjustments should be done Extensive adjustments can be made in Project gt Properties and Extras Project Defaults The properties refer to the
98. Profiler basically works similar to the distance measurement tool except the additional tab that shows the territory 2 2 5 1 How to Use the Terrain Profiler 1 Click on the button on the control bar to activate the Terrain Profiler tool Click on a desired point on he map hold the left mouse button and drag the cursor to the desired position See the distance and angle difference beside the line that connects the start and target point Figure 17 The Terrain Profiler looks like the distance measurement tool brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 26 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 For additional information look in the Terrain Profiler tab which is at the bottom of the WiMAP 4G window by default The graph in Figure 18 shows how the Terrain Profiler projects the territory into the Terrain Profiler tab A Elevation Buildings Fresnel Zone Pathloss Height m ap ssoj ued o 140 20 30 40 S50 6 amp 0 BOO 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 ce m Site1 brown iposs GmbH WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 70 To Site2 brown iposs GmbH WEAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 70 Figure 18 The Terrain Profiler tab On the right side of the Terrain Profiler tab is a legend that shows all relevant information Elevation buildings the Fresnel zone and the pathloss are shown in the Terrain Profiler tab The circle will automatically change its color to red if the
99. Save as Print zoom In foom Out Auto Range Figure 33 Terrain Profiler zoom functions Each zoom submenu contains these three possibilities e both axes zooms in out the full image considering the x y ratio e domain axis zooms in out the y axis e range axis zooms in out the x axis The auto range submenu assures that all content of the marked terrain segment is shown brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 31 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 2 5 4 Terrain Profiler Export Features Export functions are available for the Terrain Profiler too Results can be printed or exported for other applications or presentations A right mouse click on the Terrain Profiler tab opens the menu window containing the possibilities to Print or Save the Terrain Profiler results Save ds Elevation Building resnel Z Pathlos Print oom In zoom Out Auto Range Figure 34 A plot can be saved or printed By clicking on Print the printer window opens Properties ap ssojujed Save 35 Papier 4 g Gro e Ad v TPN E m n AATE 0am In Orientierung R nder mm roam Que d Hochformat Links 25 4 Rechts 25 4 Auto Ran ge Querformat Oben 25 4 Unten 25 4 Figure 35 The printer window can have a different look depending on the installed Java version Depending on the installed J
100. Shae eee ee o E T ee can at ig Piah Sage s senl Mk ee a i ae a T r Fir i i A TE a 5 ay AEEA i ih s bz me r lt Si Wha tr WD aaar Hacha enaos IA z pi eE a ERa Sn ee ainnalken i em ft S pero sua ii aeS ame SANA sree WLAN BS SGHza ie oe Sate E Retin en se a PA i oe naa A _ Eit NST ae TA nac A Ces 4 an Trudering 7 E ciwartiaandhe N _Hadha ken io i ST as Me self se one a ce ee ts 5 i s g Presenting A ni De ae J i at 2 heuha g 2 sanilo as aag ae rl mt i gat ey unleraesing Je A T x an E CUNY raed D i jies Me ai es ngesro Nor pE Aaj Ve eS E e rea hee ae or He Miz Urren r E a 4 td B Hha Y Fa F Bi oll a m Neier arh aio d brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 87 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 131 The new model will replace the old one 4 3 Background Images The next object that can be imported is a background image WiMAP 4G can download a background image automatically while creating a preconfigured project After creating an empty project a background image can be downloaded manually using Onearth or other providers of satellite images Format can be tif tiff gif or png 4 3 1 How to Import a Background Image 1 Open Geodata gt Maps gt Load Background Image Load Background Image File Path Coordinates Min X Min Max x Max Y canesi Figure 132
101. Sub Carrier Interference Field Strength Remove Antenna Merge with Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 350 Create field strength theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The field strength theme window opens Load Level f BMS f Peak f Use antennas as activated f Restrict to technology i Coloring Margin Coloring Default Margin dB 0 000 cancel Figure 351 Field strength theme settings 4 Choose the maximum load or the base load to be used for the theme The maximum load is recommended to see results in extreme situations 5 Choose RMS root mean square or peak level to be used Peak level is recommended to see results in extreme situations 6 Choose to create the theme for all activated antennas or only a specific technology If the theme is restricted to a specific technology choose whether the actual antenna or all antennas with that technology should be shown only works with right clicking on antennas brown ipos Pe JH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 210 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems i poss SSS in the Project Explorer and choosing Field Strength Calculation or choosing antenna and clicking 7 Choose a colour profile and a margin To change colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 10 000 m above ground oamed 3 4 oamed 1 2 QAM16 3 4 QAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 D QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2
102. a Point Field Strength Calculation cccccceseceeeeeeeeeeeeees 185 10 5 THE SITE TO SITE CALCULATION cucrpeiirca isiyi tines iniia TE E A E ETN 187 10 5 1 How to Make a Site to Site Calculation cccccccseeccceeeccceeescceecscenecscececsceessueessueessseenss 188 10 6 WEE COVERAGE THEME corrr E E boetevancmecest 191 10 6 1 How to Create a Coverage Theme 1 1 ccccccsssecccseseeccceesececsuseceecueseseceusecessuseeseseusessssuseeseas 191 10 7 TAE BEST SERVER Ce sete ccs artes cee taresrac sccm aces ananecenceuensuve wvedddoeanuseevnes stars ome eeeneeas ce tens 194 10 7 1 Howto Create a Best Server Theme c cscccccseecccceececccececceeseseecsesnecscececssecessueesseeecsnsesss 194 10 8 THE CARRIER TO INMERFERER THEME cicsesissssesisurerisiissnns kircsi ia ren nT a E E 197 10 8 1 How to Create a Carrier to Interferer Themme ccccccccsesececcnsseccceesecsesseeseceeseceeaseesees 197 10 9 THE POWER LEVEL THEME coctcencocee sneer tesdounes oot yeiussedsuesesccioasnpaesyaleesunysineysenteneyecseanenerspaactsenytnuss 202 10 9 1 How to Create a Power Level THEIMC cccccseecsceeeccceeececeecsceeecseeeecsceeecsceesesecsseecsseness 202 10 10 THE SUB CARRIER INTERFERENCE THEME csicsivesiccsscutscsansicaseressiecesenusdessevbaneacvetsensenidecssebanierenseses 205 10 10 1 Howto Create a Sub Carrier Interference Theme ccccccsessecccnesececeeseceeceesesesaeseesees 205 10 11 THE FIELD STRENGTH THEME siccas cause ce tcssuseieeesvsn
103. a new project must be an empty folder New folders can be created by right clicking on the desired location and clicking on Create Select this new Folder and press Finish Now the project has been created successfully and the user can start working 3 2 1 1 1 How to Find Specific Geographic Coordinates with Google Maps 1 Open http maps google com and search for the specific area Example Bonn Germany T Thersa St Augu A z ji ean eI Sl aO gE CC COA sSHangelar Sy oisdor ONS Was Alfter mc 1 lt e isdorf ronau Figure 110 Result returned from Google maps 2 Right click on the red marker and select What s here Bed Route von hier Route hierher i A Vergr fgern Popp Teal Verkleinern Karte hier zentrieren L Was ist hier Figure 111 Right Click the red marker 3 Now the specific coordinates appear in the search bar wherein 50 639062 is the latitude and 7 094765 is the longitude 50 739062 7 094765 Figure 112 The coordinates 4 Copy longitude and latitude to WiIMAP 4G please make sure that project coordinates are set to Geographic Coordinates brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 76 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 2 2 Create Empty Projects This option creates a new empty project The coordinate system type can be specified elevation model and satellite images can be
104. ace Propa ION eeen E RON 57 3 1 2 2 1 1 Howto Add a New Frequency Dependent Parameter for Free Space Propagation 666 58 SE WR ATE a A A E 59 odno Erer MOE aE EEE 60 SEA A EO Y a a E T E T O O ae 61 3 1 2 2 4 1 Howto Add a New Frequency Dependent Parameter for Building Intersection ccccseeceeee 63 3 1 2 3 COREA FIR ey MI DN SI resent cc esses E E E ae eeeeca ace aacene 64 3 1 2 3 1 Algorithm cssevahestennsscavecvantddentnpetvicdanedseansneawandanthlantepsdviavaeddsanslmeaniaduntddendayedvhadunsddeaasweannedundidactayeiweeduwsdines 65 SL ModelParametor Seien E ETE i T RE T RaT ET 66 3 1 2 4 UN ct E NA EE N A AEA E O E nett vc pate AA E AA A A pe ueanaemaeees 67 34 3 Flevauon Model orcesarctanaivimncoaginscnds astenennengesabaiaitiatnanagnnendeetinnenasssencnepadionsaasagaianthationensadgorannaet 68 3 1 4 DAT nea iS EEA S S A A A ET EEE E EAA E E E 68 GS Fe Reo DUO ES E aaa E E AR AATA A EAA 68 3 1 5 1 How to Add a Building or Wood Profile cccssscccccessecccceesecccceeeeccesaeeeceeseeeeccessuaecessuaeecessueecessuaeesessages 69 P CR CO oa A E T E engnauneaseninucens 71 3 2 1 Create Preconfigured Projects scccccseesecccseseccccsececseesecccuuseceseusecsssuseesssuesesessusecssauseeetas 73 3 2 1 1 How to Create a Preconfigured Project cccccssecccccsseccccceesecceeseneecesaeseceeseeneecesseaecessuaecessueeeceesagseeessaees 73 3 2 1 1 1 How to Find Specific Geographic Coordinates with Google Maps
105. actual project in case it is already open Project defaults are pre configured settings It is easier to use those than configure every single project individually However the layout is the same for both 3 1 1 General The following coordinate system types can be chosen e UTM Universal Transverse Mercator e Gauss Krueger e Geographic By choosing UTM or Gauss Krueger a start zone stripe from the coordinate system can be selected The earth is scaled in 60 stripes Germany is in stripe 32 for example The cursor is placed on the chosen zone at equator level The coordinate system type can also be chosen while creating a new project Project Properties x General Calculation Theme Empirical models D Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Erceg Model Zone Stripe Visibility CORLA Raylauncher Algorithm Coordinate System G 32 E Model Parameters WinProp Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 62 The general settings tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 50 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss o 3 1 2 Calculation In the calculation tab it is possible to choose a default propagation model The default setting is the Erceg Model These propagation models can also be chosen while calculating The Maximum and Minimum Antenna Area can be changed if necessary A licens
106. aees 110 Figure 172 FINAN alll TEIGS ssissncsevvbccarsneirestcncinsneriererienesieieraesieasiiecbererercbeeeitievessitie RE RY 111 Figure 173 A pattern is required for antenna CreatiOn ccccccecceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseseeaees 111 Figure 174 Load single or multiple Patterns cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeanes 112 Foure 173 Ay vald Oe Cee iuiuo diarenn iE EEEE EEEE GETE E EEEE CEED 112 Figure 176 Antenna attenuation s sssssssssssnsnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 112 Figure 177 Edit antennas sensssssennsnsnunnsnnnurnrnnnurnnnnnunnrnnnunnsnnnunnnnnnunnnnnnunnnnnnnennnnnnnnn 113 Figure 178 Change the fieldS n nssnunennnnennnssnnrnnnnnnrnnrsnnrnnnrnnrnnnennrnnnnnnrnenennenenennennne 113 Figure 179 Import antenna types ss ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 114 Figure 180 The log shows information for the current import s ssssesssssneresnsnnnnsrenernnns 114 Figure 181 Existing antenna types cannot be replaced ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 114 Figure 1822 The WINGOWS CGICOM sccicsvivscinantsapinaviosaiieseriviseeiuaieerieieieaeieesivenieseiemserinae ys 115 Figure 183 Editor with a few settings ccccccecsececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeesaeaesesesenesanes 116 Figure 184 Editor with attenuation parameters ccccceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeanes 117 Figure 185 Save
107. alidity has explicitly been agreed to 2 Scope of the Rights of Use Dd a preeeessseceeeesseseceesesseceesesseoeeessssseeosssseseeeesseoeeeeessseeeessssseeeesseseseesesseceeeessssesesssssesessssesesesssseeeeesssseeeeessssseeesssseeeessssoseseessssesessssseeesssseseeessssseeessssseeessssey Reecscseccccesssceccccccsccccnscsvesesenssceessnsccnscecessecnnsscveseseneuccesecescaosscececsacosessveseccusscecceconeoosecucusconscouesecenseccecesenceussoecuecasonscsvesescaseccesescnscosececueccnssccosescoseces Figure 7 License agreement WiMAP 4G needs a license to run There are licenses for Community Edition and Professional Edition For using the Community Edition a name and a valid e mail address are sufficient A license file is send by e mail and is available immediately 1 5 1 Get a License for the Professional Edition A license for the Professional Edition can be purchased later To run the Professional Edition an USB Dongle is needed which is provided by brown iposs 1 5 2 Get a License for the Community Edition brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 17 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Program Edition a EE Select the program edition you want to run gt Program Edition License File Community Edition V License Request The Community Edition is free of charge It is slightly limited in features and does not include support Enter your e mail address
108. an E E E E T sess 222 11 1 1 How to Create Theme lsolines winiscnsvevsinsanaeciasatensedsuispsvssavnwsinsersestenrtorenacatoriaauarsdacevarsens 222 11 2 EE VANON T OLINE ene mA nee ee 224 11 21 Howto Create Elevation ISOIMNES sivssisccesscstencvacisucessVecncsvaseaseaancucesastcaneacyeaeaswanwuccesamseends 224 11 3 COUINE EX OR Tarea E E E A E T 225 11 3 1 How to Export Isolines as MIIF cccccceeeecccesecccseceseceesececsusecsssuesececesecssaueeeseseesessssuseeenas 225 11 3 2 How to Export Isolines as KML ccccceecccccseseccecseescceesececsusecescueseceeesecsssuseeseseesesessseeetas 226 12 SOVEN ainn EEE E 228 12 1 HOWTO CREATE As VIEW esere neces sdceudenenenduncesncudugn tee usnunacearenionanadeaccyivandeaiawetareatedentunderenss 228 12 2 INAV IGA Me TEE S DEVIE N ar A A 229 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 7 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 122 1 Navigation SDCCIGS screener nnen EE EEN EAR 230 12 3 POR GE ei E E E E see oeeuaraxtaekine anges 231 12 3 1 How to Export a 3D VieW s0seosessessessessersersererrserserssresrserssrserssessessersessessessersersersersere 231 13 GLOSSARY aria EE O EEE EE E E E EEEE 231 14 FAC iea E E sooveescsseudeeresesaneeasseseutess 237 14 1 1 What iS WIMAP HAG 2 ccccccccsssnnssscesscccssccessseessccessuccusecesscccsscccusseessccessuccusseessscesseceusseessecs 237 14 1 2 Does WiMAP 4G support 64 bit operating SYSTCINSP c
109. antitative expression of an electric field on a specific point The unit is volt per meter V m The strength of the electric field depends on many factors especially the transmission power the distance between station and receiver and inferences between those With these parameters the field strength can also differ on the same location probably influenced by weather effects or vegetation To prevent malfunction WiMAP 4G always calculates the average achieved field strength All themes are brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 233 of 251 vestigations e planning e operations support systems I poss based on a field strength calculation which need to be made before calculating for example the power level or carrier to interferer Field Strength Area Calculation WiMAP 4G offers two different kinds of field strength calculations The field strength area calculation shows the field strength prognostic for every pixel in a huge area However the point field strength calculation offers a field strength prognostic for specific denoted points for example potential customer locations Site to Site Connecting two sites requires a fixed network connection or a dedicated wireless interface Sites which are directly connected to the core network are named master sites Sites that are not directly connected to the core network are called clients For clients it is important to come down with a good radio link most if the time with
110. are four model types include The Dominant Path Model calculates the path loss on the main paths between transmitter and each receiver pixel by high precision like the ray tracing The Okumura Hata Model calculates the path loss based on four factor frequency between 150MHz 1500MHz distance 1km 20km between transmitter and receiver height of transmitter between 30m 200m and height of receiver between 1m 10m The Empirical Two Ray Model calculates the path loss by each pixel on the map without looking for the point is hidden or unreachable The Deterministic Two Ray Model calculates the path loss by each pixel on the map with checking whether the point is not hidden and reachable gt Project Properties x General WinProp Calculation Theme Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Empirical models Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Erceg Model Pixel Relative 10 00 Scenario Mode Visibility Rural CORLA Raylauncher Model Type Algorithm Model Parameters Type Dominant Path Model v E Wicca Loss On Walls 13 00 LOS Path Loss Exp 2 00 DXF OLOS Path Loss Exp 2 40 LOS After Breakpoint 4 00 Building Classes a ia eee OLOS After Breakpoint 4 00 Waveguiding WG 0 00 Weighting Factor WG 1 00 Maximum Distance WG 10 00 Adaptive Resolution 0 00 Offset LOS Pixels 0 00 Reset To Defaults Cancel brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 67 of 251 broadband wireless networks
111. asic theme used by the field strength area calculation The coverage theme provides a margin that can be determined for the project It is a useful feature to run some tests to find out how the coverage changes using different margins Note that the coverage theme will be created at the height the field strength area calculation was made 10 6 1 How to Create a Coverage Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers a better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a coverage theme e Choose Themes gt Coverage gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage b Best Server Th 7 ppp Display Carmner To Interferer a I i Sub Carrier Interference Field Strength b Power Level Export p b Elevation Elevation Building Visibility l AA i Clear j evilic ory a m G A arerheindnrt a pem j TF i Figure 313 Create coverage theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer and click on G brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 191 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems E b Be me 5 2014 07 17 14 02 43 W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Basel_Seki Figure 314 Create coverage theme from calculation tab e Choose the calculation tab i
112. ast fading margin Margin required to compensate fades e Log normal fading margin Margin to guarantee coverage probability e Indoor Loss Loss caused by walls or vehicles e Environmental Loss Loss caused by the environment e Performance Gains Performance gains added width special antennas or configurations e Max permitted propagation loss Result of total available path loss and dimensioning parameters e Free Space cell range Maximum cell range using Free Space Propagation e Erceg C cell range Maximum cell range using Erceg propagation model e Carrier Frequency Frequency used by the antennas 2 4 GHz 5 4 GHz brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 35 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Transmitter Unit Max Total Power dBm 0 000 0 000 Max Pilot Power dBm 0 000 0 000 Antenna Gain Tx dBi 0 000 0 000 Cable Loss Tx dB 0 000 0 000 Tx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 EIRP dBm 0 000 0 000 Receiver Unit Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 174 000 Noise Figure Rx dB 3 000 3 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 0 000 0 000 Rx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 Required C I dB 6 000 6 000 RX Sensitivity dBm Antenna Gain Rx dBi 0 000 0 000 Cable Loss Rx dB 0 000 0 000 Total available path loss dB Dimensioning Own source interference 0 00 0 00 Other source interf margin dB 3 000 3 000 Fast fading margin dB 4 000 4 000 Log normal fading margin dB 7
113. ations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Model ee S Ce W ET lene Resolution X Y m 5 000 Resolution Z m 5 000 Working Directory Temp radiation4150988497969618356tmp Choose Height AGL m 10 000 MV Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 687177 39 X To 695298 15 Y From 5333875 62 Y To 5338495 62 Cancel To configure the CORLA Raylauncher see chapter 3 1 2 3 Note that the CORLA Raylauncher needs a license for a specific environment and can only be used by Professional Edition users 10 2 1 3 With the ITU R P 1411 3 Model 3 3 1 Choose the average road orientation in This can be set to a standard value in the settings 3 3 2 The resolution of the calculation can be set to or m Higher means higher precision whereas the value in m needs to be low for higher precision Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is big So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overseen Calculation Moet Tl Road orientation phi 90 000 Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Pixel Relative 10 00 Height AGL m 10 000 M Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 687177 39 X To 695298 15 Y From 5333875 62 Y To 5338495 62
114. ations e planning e operations support systems y it Cafi Bis ate Bete Rathicuses TAE isch ge ge EA ww A A o r Ys N COR Willkens N 3A N bi Y pi a j pis Figure 209 Measurement points from a measurement without colour information If there is no colour information in the csv file all points are black So the colour can be set by the functions coverage and or visualisation look at 8 6 2 and 8 6 3 A n Meh AE AN nr j 1 iedhor SARREN A 5 aa S ah ngi A Wie EAO Ag i iG Do ig aE fig __ il ore se lt a q y i Y y Ak h 4 Bahnhof TE Ys A aN es eet 2 io h A E 5 i W 4 NY N l oe Wilkens K LJ kag Figure 210 Measurement points from a measurement coloured by visualisation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 132 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems ve Figure 211 Measurement points from a measurement coloured by coverage brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 133 of 251 t broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S DE 8 2 Point Categories Point categories are essential to create points Before creating a point on the map the point category needs to be created or edited for specific needs
115. ava version the window can have different looks but settings are the same After choosing the desired settings a click on OK opens the printer menu Printing can be started Another way to export the Terrain Profiler results is the Save as option which allows the user to store the plot as an image file on his hard drive H Bibliotheken 2em C Dokumente C Musik C Subversion z 0 50 th CI videos Propertes a Save as 0 26 Print 0 00 0 5 gt In y 1 0 istance bts zoom Out b File name Auto Range b Files of type All Files Cancel brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 32 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 36 The plot can be saved as a PNG file After choosing the file path and file name click on Save to store the Terrain Profiler results in a png file 2 3 Customizing the Work Area There are settings in WiMAP 4G that make work easier These settings will be explained in this section Generally WiMAP 4G is designed for working on a large screen If that is not the case or the user works on a screen with a low resolution it is necessary to customize the program 2 3 1 Dock the Windows The Project Explorer the Terrain Profiler and also the log and cursor window are dockable Simple click on forces the windows to dock When windows are docked they only expand getting focused by the mouse cursor Thi
116. beam radio to redirect all incoming traffic to a master site The master site finally transfers all incoming data to the core network Connections between sites are called site to site connection WiMAP 4G offers the possibility to make a site to site calculation to determine the path loss between two sites This can be useful to decide whether two sites can cooperate in a specific area or not Themes WiMAP 4G offers a lot of possibilities to visualize or display georeferenced results of field strength calculations and the resulting conclusions for example coverage power level Coverage Based on the field strength calculation results that can be achieved by clicking Calculation gt Field Strength Area Calculation the coverage can be displayed Best Server With the help of the best server calculation it can be determined which site best server offers the best signal for a specific area Power Level To rate the coverage on a specific point it is necessary to determine the power level on that area The power level calculates the power received from a normal receiver for the observed system at the radio frequency input in dBm Calculation Layer After a field strength calculation has been done the results are conditioned and can be presented in different ways These results will be constantly available even in case of changing some network parameters It is also possible to make different field strength calculations for different net
117. c39c3 could not be found og p Terrain Profiler Figure 45 Errors are shown in red in the log window 2 5 The Project Explorer The Project Explorer combines every object used in the actual project for a quite good overview Each created edited or imported case can be found in the Project Explorer for detailed actions Site v v WiIMAX BS1 V WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz vV WLAN_BS2_5GHz V WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Site v Direction Carrier vV WIMAX BS1 0 00 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band v WIMAX BS1 120 00 WiMAX Channel 2 lower band v WIMAX BS1 240 00 WiMAX Channel 3 lower band WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WV WLAN _BS1_2 4GHz 120 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 vV WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 240 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN _BS2_5GHz 0 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 Wv WLAN_BS2_5GHz 120 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 Wv WLAN_BS2_5GHz 240 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 vV WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 y Layers Points Ze Calculation a Elevation Model Cadastral Data Clients A Link Budget brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 39 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 46 The Project Explorer The following tabs can be found in the Project Explorer e Sites e Layers e Points e Calculation e Elevation model e Cadastral data e Clients e Link budget calculation Every tab is designed individually to offer a good
118. can be exported and imported to other programs for example Google Earth There are two different types of isolines in WiMAP 4G e theme isolines e elevation isolines 11 1 Theme Isolines Theme isolines are used to show the coverage of an area They are geared to the coverage theme or the field strength area calculation Therefore it is necessary to make a field strength area calculation before creating theme isolines 11 1 1 How to Create Theme Isolines 1 Make a field strength area calculation and create a theme A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 Choose Themes gt kind of themes gt Display Isoline Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage gt Best server Carrier to interferer 2 4 4P 3 a K Power level Sub carrier interference Field strength Zee Display Elevation gt Display Isoline Elevation Building Visibility gt Export gt n F FTO E erie 4 Clear Figure 369 Create isolines 3 The theme isolines window opens and some configuration will be needed brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 222 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Just check the states which should be marked with isolines change the color and press OK to start the calculation Checking Remove exi
119. ccess networks e g based on WiMAX and WLAN standard Also other carriers are supported The software is Java based and able to run on every modern standard computer WiMAP 4G is suitable for both beginners as well as experienced users and offers sufficient possibilities to plan even the largest projects Project Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help le S B pach e Je Ma Aaa a BS So Sore LS ae E pia ents L E os says l uopengeo Ff squjod 43 Beg jeqsepen amp jepo uoneaaja md R Cursor Point BES Log FJ Terrain D Figure 1 The WiMAP 4G working interface brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 11 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations planning e operations support systems pos S 1 2 WiMAP 4G Editions Currently there are two different versions of WiMAP 4G available The Professional Edition offers additional features and supports more objects in the same project 1 2 1 WiMAP 4G Community Edition The WiMAP 4G Community Edition is a free version which contains most of the functionality but with specific restrictions Features of the Community Edition a configurable and clean interface easy generation of new projects import of cadastral data import of elevation models lists buildings and wood provides a large number of different antennas constructing clients and points extensi
120. ceg field V Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier V Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Calculation Category Potential Customer Model CORLA Raylauncher Resolution xA m 3 000 Resolution Z m 3 000 Point Extent multiple of Resolution xA 1 Working Directory Temp radiation8357289087596807164tmp Columns V Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Corla power V Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column Corla field V Use Height AGL Column Height 4GL Column Height Carrier V Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Calculation Category Potential Customer Model ITU R P 1411 3 Road orientation phij 90 000 Columns V Calculate Power Level Power Level Column ITU R P 1411 3 power WV Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column ITU R P 1411 3 field V Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier V Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Calculation Category Potential Customer Model Free Space Propagation x Columns l Calculate Power Level Power Level Column free space power V Calculate Field Strength Field Strength Column free space field V Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier MV Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Figure 305 Make point field strength calculations for every propagation model 6 All columns are shown in the points tab of the Project Explorer Results can be compared after doing all calculations
121. csasicsciavansecnatescacisascinapescacancesasanepebeainacusancacieiasasaras 215 Create VISIONING TEMG serenecon eins EE ETET 216 Visibility theme settingS sssnennsnsnunnnnnnunnrnnnurnnnnnurnnnnnurnnnnnunnnnnnurnnnnnurnnnnn 216 Visibility theme example bilinear cellwise 1000 resolution relative 100 217 Clear the visibility layer cceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeaeaeeeeaeaesesaeaesesaeanees 217 Select Export sub menu cccecseccsecsecrceceearcncnearsecnearseseeatseseeatsetneatseseensensas 218 Available export themes formats left Professional Edition right Community seas ue ata eee ey ta oe ete eee ee ee ee 219 Export settings by export AS IMAGE ccsceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeetaeeeeeeaeeeseeansenags 219 Clear the Calculation lar cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaeseseeanseseeanees 220 Create isolinesS ccecsecscsecsereuseuseceueareueseseeeeueaveueuseuseueavareuseseeueavareusenesueavarenss 222 Choose the states for the ISOMNCS ivisissswssciesexesssseavarssasevaradscaversieiavaewerbewasees 223 Theme isolines example Munich coverage ssssessssssersrrsrsrrrrsrnrnrrernrnenenne 223 Create elevation isolinesS s ssssunssnsnnrsrnsrnrrrnrrnrnrnernrnrnrrnrnrnernrnrnennrnenennne 224 Fill in the desired values cccececcececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeeeaeeeeeeaenegags 225 Elevation isolines example Munich ssssesssnsnenssnsnnnnsnnnnnnnnnrnnnennrnrrrnnrnenenne 22
122. csccccseeeecccesececsseeseceeseseeaeseesees 237 14 1 3 Which languages does WIMAP 4G SUDPOST cccccceeseccceesececcnesececeeseceesuseeseseesesesaeseeetes 237 14 1 4 Dol have to be online to use WIMAP A4GP ccseccccccseseccccesececseesececeusecetsuseeseseusesssaseeenes 237 14 1 5 What file formats does WIMAP 4G support ccccccessecccesececcnesececeesecessuseessseesesesauseeeees 237 14 1 6 HOW much does WIMAP 4G cost cecccccssssssscccccnnessccsscaunsseccscsueseecssssuseccsssauaseeessuauaneeees 238 14 1 7 What is the difference between WIMAP 4G Editions ccccseesecccseseceeeeseescceeseseeeeseeeees 238 14 1 8 What are the requirements to Get a license cccccceesccccseseccccnesececeesecetsusecssseesesesauseesees 238 14 1 9 Can I upgrade my Community Edition to Professional Edition at a later time within the PO QING eree E S saseceec sees tiosetarsae caeestiorpsee E E E AE 238 14 1 10 Do I have to update my WiMAP 4G from time to tiMe P cccccceeseceeeeseeeeceseseeeeseeeees 238 15 TROUBLESHOOTING oarre EEEO E 239 16 IMAGE DIRECTOR orinn irnn a iste ees anes 242 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 8 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems About this Manual This user manual describes the setup and operation of the WiMAP 4G software The WiMAP 4G user manual requires a basic understanding of the Windows operating system If you are not familiar with this system
123. cua cuca saveeesiensusacan oes ecan eas deneurredenavanavesseasesances 162 A field strength area calculation example ccccececseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeeeseeaes 163 Field strength area calculation settings for CORLA Raylauncher csceeee 164 Field strength area calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 eeeeeeeeeeees 164 A field strength area calculation example ccccececseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaesenass 165 Field strength area calculation settings for Free Space Propagation 0 165 A field strength area calculation example ccccececsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeseeaes 166 WinProp Field Strength Calculations settings ccccscsecseeeseeeeeeeeeesaeseeseaeees 166 The clients tab in the Project Explrer ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaeseeass 168 Open the client coverage calculation settings cccececseseceeeereeeeeensesterereees 168 The coverage Calculation SEttingS cccccscsecseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaeeeeseaeseeeeanseeags 169 Choose the type that fits the situation cccccsececeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeensestarereees 170 50 coverage probability ectanceuhensicanccstadasnsienseseveas casaeusndesiiaeeeareseenjaaneeeicen 171 A client coverage calculation CXAMPple c ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeeeseeaes 171 Client coverage calculation settings for CORLA ccccscseeeceseeeeeeseeaeseeeeanees 172 A client coverage Calculation CXAMPple cccceccecseee
124. d 1 2 B oamise 3 4 QAM16 1 2 T QPSK 3 4 T QPSK 1 2 BPSK 1 2 No Coverage NWLAN BS3_2 4GHz gicatel lucent Figure 339 A power level theme example Munich 10 dB margin brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 204 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 340 A power level theme example Munich 0 dB margin In this example the color profile has been modified to visualize the differences A little green circle on the map marks the area with the best power level Drag the mouse cursor over that circle to see the exact power sicatel lucent 60 3 dBm 10 000 m Height AGL Figure 341 The best power level is marked with a green circle on the map 10 10 The Sub Carrier Interference Theme The Sub Carrier Interference theme is a useful tool to explore the interference for any activated sub carrier in the project The primary benefit is to see the Sub Carrier Interference of the strongest received signal from an antenna carrying the selected sub carrier to any in band interferer in the area of comparison E g if WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 is the selected sub carrier also interferences from overlapping channels like channel 2 are considered This feature helps to create a clear footprint for your covering cells strength area calculation was made Note that the Sub Carrier Interference theme is created at the height the field 10 10 1 Ho
125. d of the elevation model used in the project activate this option e Calculate in Buildings Choose whether to calculate inside buildings or not At the bottom of the window antenna pattern options can be found As already mentioned CORLA holds antenna patterns which can be used in case ambiguous antenna patterns are used in the current project Choose between Create pattern leading to maximum power level or Create pattern leading to minimum power level 3 1 2 3 1 Algorithm The algorithm tab offers a few possibilities to adjust the accuracy of the CORLA Raylauncher Project Properties General Algorithm Calculation 7 Theme Recursion Depth For Wall Diffraction 3 Empirical models Recursion Depth For Roof Diffraction 6 Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Recursion Depth For Ground Diffraction 2 Erceg sick Recursion Depth For Reflection 1 Visibility CORLA Raylauncher Relative Recursion Depth For Reflection 1 Algorithm ee Minimum Receiver Power dBm 130 000 Model Parameters inProp Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 89 The CORLA algorithm tab The parameters are mostly self explanatory brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 65 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Recursion Depth For Wall Diffraction The number of walls which could diffract the signal e Recursion Depth
126. dB 0 000 0 000 EIRP dBm 0 000 0 000 Receiver Unit Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 174 000 Noise Figure Rx dB 3 000 3 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 0 000 0 000 Rx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 Required C I dB 6 000 6 000 RX Sensitivity dBm Antenna Gain Rx dBi 0 000 0 000 Cable Loss Rx dB 0 000 0 000 Total available path loss dB Dimensioning Own source interference Other source interf margin dB Fast fading margin dB Log normal fading margin dB Indoor Loss dB Environmental Loss dB Performance Gains dB Max permitted prop loss dB Free Space cell range m Erceg C cell range m Carrier Frequency MHz 3500 000 r Sites Layers Points Calculation a Elevation tadastral Clie Figure 39 The link budget tab 2 4 1 2 Automatically by Using the Terrain Profiler To calculate the link budget automatically two sites need to be created Chents Points Calculation Visualization Plot Extras Window Help AA RIAAL amp gt z F K 7 ea Ostseeheilbad Ban ID To Coordinates From Object To Object FScheny E antol AN Clic hannal 1nn n E ranti tA ANC Clic hannal 1An f te st2 WLAN 5 SIZ NNN SUV amp testl WI Al 5 GHz Channel 100 0 Object v Object v testi n i LS rr i Figure 40 The snap window appears after connecting two points 1 Choose the Terrain Profiler click on the first station and drag the mouse curso
127. deactivate the corresponding layers in the layer tab For more information about layers layer activation and deactivation see chapter 2 5 2 10 13 The Visibility Theme The visibility theme shows the visibility of a point in the users current view With the help of this theme the user can check the line of sight between two locations on the map This can help to determine the exact coordinates for a site in ought to be planned In addition the visibility theme will take account for both the elevation attenuation and buildings if there is no line of sight between the chosen points see chapter 4 2 An elevation model is required to create a visibility theme For more information 10 13 1 How to Create a Visibility Theme 1 mport an elevation model That would be the only thing that is required for a visibility theme 2 Choose Themes gt Elevation Building Visibility gt Display brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 215 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems i Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage gt B Best Server Ste Carrier To Interferer i Power Level gt Sub Carrier Interference gt fee 2 Field Strength p F g Elevation p amp Elevation Building Visibility gt J Clear PETN T Export Figure 361 Create visibility theme 3 The visibility theme window opens and some settings have to be done
128. dentify problems if something does not work It is a separate window and therefore it can be observed while working in the program The log can be found at the bottom of the user interface of WiMAP 4G by default brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 38 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Program started Build 4801 Profile is C Program Files x86 WIMAP 4G profile Loaded 2 088 buildings skipped 0 self intersecting buildings and 0 buildings with negative height Project C Program Files x86 WiIMAP 46 demo munich rap loaded F Terrain Profiler Figure 44 The log window After loading a project the log starts protocolling everything for a better overview to relate to every step of the work Nearly every action of the log except interface actions will be protocolled for example shifting the area or zooming in and out To learn what happened or what caused a problem take a look at the log first Errors are written in red colour for better identification The warning messages are highlighted in blue Program started Build 4801 Profile is C Program Files x86 WIMAP 4G profile Loaded 2 088 buildings skipped 0 self intersecting buildings and 0 buildings with negative height Project C Program Files x86 WIMAP 4G demo munich rap loaded No calculated antennas found The IP file is not valid or the entry radiation zB 15
129. disaster A good result with a high value as for example 70 is a good basis for a real project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 179 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 293 50 coverage probability For example for the rectangle in the figure above there is a 50 chance this area receives a signal which can be demodulated with QAM 64 To change the model parameters or the standard coverage probability see chapter 3 1 2 2 3 ES Category Potential Customer Name Height AN Power Level Field Strength i Z M ller 10 000 55 3 0 003 690161 99 5336395 45 521 900 Peters 8 000 54 5 0 003 690601 65 5336029 06 516 839 Wolff 7 000 90 6 0 001 690499 51 5336395 45 516 596 j Points Be Calculation ae Elevation eadastral J Link Budget Figure 294 A point field strength calculation example Munich Erceg A coverage probability 50 resolution absolute 5 m 10 4 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher Model 3 2 1 The CORLA Raylauncher settings which can be made during a point field strength calculation are limited First of all the precision in X Y direction and in Z direction can be set in meter Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is big So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a
130. ds by clicking on the specific coordinate pair hold the mouse button and shift the coordinates to the desired position Class Buildings Height m 8 000 Coordinates 691406 97 5335860 33 ET 691381 95 5335796 92 691251 63 5335847 28 Move Up Move Down a Create Building Close az ce me Figure 140 All coordinates added After all coordinates have been entered there should be blue lines which border the building 3 4 Make sure to apply the right height for the building Click on Create Building brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 92 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Class Buildings F Height m 8 000 Coordinates x y Add Edit Delete Move Up Move Down Figure 141 A created building 4 1 Add buildings with drag and drop This is the fast method It can also be precise if it is done correctly OpenStreetMap offers the exact coordinates for a specific environment Simply click on the corners of buildings in the exact order to connect the points automatically Figure 142 Add all corners 4 2 After all coordinates have been captured make sure to apply the right height for the building Click on Create Building brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 93 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems
131. e 264 Choose the type that fits the situation 3 1 2 The coverage probability has to be set It can be set to a standard value in the WiMAP 4G settings It is a little bit tricky to understand the function of that value It describes the chance that considering all circumstances a specific point receives the calculated field strength in real terms The coverage is always based on probability theory and cannot be guaranteed 100 of the time This probability maybe affected by weather or atmospheric conditions For high frequency carriers the weather can make the little difference between a working and a useless signal The temperature is able to affect the coverage too Depending on this it is always recommended to set this value not too low The calculation result may look very nice in theory but in reality none of the customers may receive a satisfying signal That would be a disaster A good result with a high value as for example 70 is a good basis for a real project WLAN 2 4 GHz Figure 265 50 coverage probability For example for the rectangle in the Figure 265 there is a 50 chance this area receives a signal which can be demodulated with QAM 64 To change the model parameters or the standard coverage probability see chapter 3 1 2 2 3 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 162 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S e 3 1 3 The resolu
132. e Propagation model is the easiest model it does not need any parameters brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 173 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Model Ai a aE a EE Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz Figure 283 Client coverage calculation settings for Free Space Propagation To configure the Free Space Propagation model see chapter 3 1 2 2 1 Name Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C T beceem WLAN_BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QPSK 1 2 77 07 9 47 proxim WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 8 000 QPSK 1 2 84 13 13 43 redline WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 QAM16 1 2 72 99 14 17 Figure 284 A client coverage calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation 10 3 1 5 With the WinProp 3 5 1 WinProb is for propagation modeling in different scenarios with different model types of calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 174 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Field Strength Calculation Calculation Model WinProp Deterministic Two Ray Model Height AGL m 10 000 i Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates xX From 688101 2729 x To 694374 2 5 Y From 53336 75 62 Y To 5336 495 62 cancel Figure 285 WinProp Field Strength Calculations settings 3 5 1 1 The Dominant Path Model calculat
133. e background paint defines the background colour of the plot itself Preferably pick a neutral colour like white to not interfere the overview The orientation of the plot can also be changed to vertical or horizontal The other tab offers the following additional settings Title Plot Other General MV Draw anti aliased Background paint CT Select Series Paint EqIt Series Stroke Series Outline Paint Series Outline Stroke Cancel Figure 29 The other tab Anti aliasing can be activated or deactivated If there are no specific circumstances anti aliasing should always be enabled eee Figure 30 Anti aliasing enabled brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 30 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 31 Anti aliasing disabled The background paint defines the colour of the Terrain Profiler not the colour of the plot Bonn Environment Site1 Site2 A Elevation Buildings e Fresnel Zone Pathloss Height m ap ssojyjed 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 Distance m Figure 32 A configured Terrain Profiler tab 2 2 5 3 Additional Terrain Profiler Zoom The Terrain Profiler offers some additional functions for better analysis Both axes can be zoomed in out independently A right mouse click on the Terrain Profiler tab opens the menu that contains all zoom functions Properties
134. e calculated The points tab in the Project Explorer shows all points used in the current project To create points on the map see chapter 9 2 Ga Category Potential Customer Name v Height Y N x Y Z M ller 690425 17 5337368 47 519 810 v Peters 690457 94 5336870 42 521 716 v Wolff 691650 62 5335736 72 517 945 S Sites ts Layers G Be Calculation ax Elevation Wadastral Clients W Link Budget Figure 286 The points tab in the Project Explorer Figure 287 The points on the Terrain Explorer The images above show the points of the corresponding point category A field strength or power level column is required for this calculation to make sense They need to be created for the corresponding point category before making a point field strength calculation To edit point classes see chapter 9 1 1 and 9 1 2 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 176 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems If the point categories have been edited correctly the point tab should look like the Figure 288 ae g Category Potential Customer Name vw Height Y N Power Level Field Strength x in Z v M ller 10 000 690425 17 5337368 47 519 810 vi Peters 6 000 690457 94 5336870 42 521 716 7 00o 691650 62 5335736 72 517 945 2 wolff 7 00 er ati nt a A ada ath I Petey Layers Calculation Elevation cadastral clients A Link B
135. e file is needed to use CORLA This license is limited to a project and can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support The elevation theme provides bilinear interpolation or nearest neighbor The elevation model can also be chosen during a calculation e Nearest neighbor Nearest Neighbor is a weak algorithm It takes the height of the nearest point which got a value in the elevation model e Bilinear interpolation This algorithm is more precise It considers the closest four neighbors and calculates the average value of their height That is why it is recommended even if it needs a little bit more processing time which should not be registered on actual computer systems Figure 64 Nearest neighbor brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 51 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems gt General Erceg Model Maximum Antenna Area m 10000 000 Empirical models Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Minimum Antenna Area m 10000 000 Erceg Model License File CORLA Raylauncher Algorithm Model Parameters Elevation Calculation Bilinear Interpolation WinProp Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours _ ox Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 65 The calculation settings tab 3 1 2 1 Themes The themes tab contains all color settings of the program Some improvements should be done if larger pro
136. e the main paths between transmitter and each receiver pixel by high precision like the ray tracing 3 5 1 2 The Okumura Hata Model calculate the path loss based on four factor frequency between 150MHz 1500MHz distance 1km 20km between transmitter and receiver height of transmitter between 30m 200m and height of receiver between 1m 10m 3 5 1 3 The Empirical Two Ray Model calculate the path loss by each pixel on the map without looking for the point is hidden or unreachable 3 5 1 4 The Deterministic Two Ray Model calculate the path loss by each pixel on the map with checking whether the point is not hidden and reachable A special license is needed to use WinProp models This license can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support 10 4 The Point Field Strength Calculation The point field strength calculation works similar to the client coverage calculation and therefore it is a powerful tool The exact field strength and power level for each point on the map can be calculated easily using this feature The alternative to get a power level and field strength for points is to just read them on the map after creating a power level theme This one will not be exact as long as the user does not specify a few 1000 color profiles Instead brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 175 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems the field strength of a point can b
137. e theme window opens Antennas Deactivate others Activate all Sub Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Colouring Margin O_O Margin dB 0 000 Include areas below minimum level ox _ cance brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 206 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss SSS Figure 344 Sub Carrier Interference theme settings 3 Choose to create the theme for all activated antennas or only a specific technology If the theme is restricted to a specific technology choose whether the actual antenna or all antennas with that technology should be shown only works with right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Sub Carrier Interference Key for this theme is to select the Sub Carrier accordingly 4 Choose a colour profile To change colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 WLAN 2 4 GHz 1 000 m above ground oamed 3 4 oAm 4 1 2 siySpan oamie 3 4 QAM16 1 2 QPSK 3 4 T QPSK 1 2 brown ippss BPSK 1 2 reali No Coverage beteem gicatel lucent WWLAN_B 1_24qHz WLAN _BS2_5SGHz Figure 345 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 207 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Sub Carrier Interference dB 1 000 m above ground WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WIMAX BS1 L WLAN_
138. e time to calculate brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 197 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems D To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 2 There are three possibilities to create a carrier to interferer theme e Choose Themes gt Carrier to Interferer gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Ca Coverage Carrier To Interferer 7 Tos Power Level a Ss a Sub Carrier Interference Field Strength Li ail evation Elevation Building Visibility eee 5 TWE es EE Clear a i alr r ew I 7 T SA arr e Se E Figure 326 Create carrier to interferer theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer and click e 2014 07 17 14 02 43 M WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Basel_Seki v Basel_Sek3 V WLAN_BS3_ 2 4GHz v Base3_Seki Sites Layers Points as Bevati cadas Y Gients E Link bu Figure 327 Create carrier to interferer theme from calculation tab e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Carrier To Interferer brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 198 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Cu Be Be me 2014 07 17 14 02 43 V WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz V Basel_S
139. e to set them correctly brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 138 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Pointl Browse 367181 80 Browse 5623184 41 Browse zim Power dBm 45 000 EET SNR dB 17 000 Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Height m 2 000 Carrier List WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Colour change Transp lo Coverage __Cancel_ Figure 222 Fill in all fields If everything is done press Ok to create the point E Pointi Figure 223 The new point appears on the map 8 3 2 How to Edit Single Points Sometimes points need to be edited because there may be more information about the customer available If this edit includes a new type of value edit the point category first and edit the point afterwards 1 There are two possibilities to single edit a point e Right click on the point on the map and choose Edit brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 139 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Delete 4 Create site t iT ee Create client p gt 2 Create point a AI eee EK Figure 224 Edit point via right click on the map e Right click on the point in the Project Explorer and click on Edit List Coverage visualisation ae Category Measurement
140. ecccceesecsccsecseseeseseceusecsssueesseesecssausecssseeness 44 25 6 Thecadastrali Dola TaD ceiien E E E ANA TER 44 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 3 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po S Zee PC CHEE 1 GD occa vanes e E E E E A E E EEE 45 PEO TELD E T e E E O seatcsoaneaneusenteeen 46 2G COLOUR a E E E E E E eer eer err E eer eer 46 26 1 Howtomake d Site coloured crisis ten sonducanuerstoinnusan aa e Nn E E E EEE AS E a 46 2 6 2 Howto make an Antenna coloured csssssssssssssssecccccccceeceennanaaaassesesseeeeeeceeeseeeeeenaaaaags 48 2 6 3 HOW to make a point coloured ccccccseeccceececececececececeeesscecsseuecscseessseeessueeessseecsseesseees 49 3 PROJECTI S sivas icsivietscdiviessacavanscntnrneinadveescnasnsonsatvinesensariensaiudensnadebeansneveanseneavenenoivieneneseneasins 50 IL PROIECT SEV MING aodann rnin sen E E E E A aeyonnad antras 50 AL ENTO o EAE E A E O EA I A E E EE IE A E T T AEA 50 e COCO A E E A E A A A E A A E T 51 Mee NOE aene E E EE EEN E EE EE AERIENE EEE EAEE EEEO EA EEE ENEE 52 3 1 2 1 1 How to Change a Colour Profile cccccessccccsssscceccesecceccesceeeeeescceesuesecesseesecesseeseceesuaeeessuaeeeessaaeeeenes 53 3 1 2 1 2 Howto Add a New Colour Protilescecaccstcaccetscestscacdensnxcsssacneaddeannndadeasbenateacnndddcabendddeesastaddasnenedeasenduadasbts 54 3 1 2 2 Pme Mode E n EEE O EEE E TEE EE O AR 55 JLA Free Sp
141. ecific category are shown in the point tab of the Project Explorer They can be activated or deactivated by checking or unchecking them Category WLan_Customer Name Name Power Level Ordinal Height Field Strength Degree X test 639701 8 5339210 Peters Peters Inf 6 000 20 00 637578 10 5338677 Figure 229 The points tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 142 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S SSS 8 5 Export and Import Points Points can be imported and exported This could be useful if these points are used in other projects or if there were other projects with a lot of already constructed points It is not necessary to create them twice Furthermore it is necessary to import or to export the measurement data 8 5 1 How to Export Points 1 Choose Points gt Export gt Data to open the export window Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools 5 Point export 9 a amp is gt Edit multiple l Category e h 7 a Assign colour Decimal separator k cts Null value heinder Export Activation b As KML aa _ Choose W a I ote a Stl j CN Edit categories ie nye Pe i Cancel A af Y T lich he 1 War es ee ee m Figure 230 Export points 2 Choose the point category that should be exported and set a decimal separator This decimal separator is used in the created fi
142. ed Activate shows the title Enter the desired title in the Text field To choose a font click on Select next to the font field and choose the desired text font the text size and a format Click on Ok to save the alterations Title plot other General Font Show Title Iv Agency FB Text Bonn Environment Site1 Site2 ciel Font Select drial Black Color Me 8 Select Arial Narrow Arial Rounded MT Bold 4rial Unicode MS Baskerville Old Face hd Bauhaus 93 Attributes Bell MT Berlin Sans FR Bold I Italic Cancel Figure 21 Change title font and color Click on Plot tab to make some additional configurations Title Plot Other xY Plot General Label Distance m Coordinates To Coordinates Font rif plain 1 Select Paint is Select Other Ticks Range M Show tick labels Tick label font Select M Show tick marks cout brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 28 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 22 The plot menu The Plot tab contains all settings according to the axes Change the label text by editing the label field Font and text color can also be changed within the tab There are some additional settings provided at the bottom of the window Tick labels can be enabled or disabled 63 5 Riz 30 63 0 20 1
143. ed for a 2 4 GHz carrier User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 124 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S _ Sa At the bottom of the window is a short list containing four entries Proper technology pattern is of particular importance If it is highlighted the antenna does not achieve the requirements for the current configuration All PATLErNS L Proper Technology Patterns 55 60 8 18 V No Match Proper Polarization Patterns 35 60 8 18 V Figure 197 Invalid antenna pattern Change either Antenna Type or Carrier Type If there is no antenna available for the specific scenario it can be created by choosing Option gt New or Options gt Antenna Types gt New 0 00 0 00 0 00 7 90 8 15 Options l New T WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 240 Antenna Types To 0 000 Y Options Figure 198 Create new antenna if desired A short introduction how to create antennas can be found in chapter 7 1 1 1 o Antenna ID Choose antenna ID This ID appears in the Project Explorer and is useful to locate antennas There are two more categories at the bottom of the window o Pattern There is no need to edit those because a pattern for the antenna is imported already o Position Edit the position of the antenna If there is no good reason to change this the antenna should remain in the position of the site Click on Ok to create and place the antenna a
144. ed structures appear on the map re y A AE ha AAAA Figure 161 A whole region created with corine imports Additional buildings can be added by loading the same corine file again 5 6 Clear Building Cache Clearing the building cache deletes all buildings from the project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 102 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 5 6 1 How to Clear Building Cache 1 Choose Geodata Buildings gt Clear All buildings will be deleted brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 103 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 6 Carrier Carriers are waveforms modulated with a specific input signal for the purpose of conveying information on the air interface in the case of WiMAP 4G In WiMAP 4G the following carrier types are available and preconfigured e WLAN 2 4 GHz o 100 mW 10 mW allowed transmission power high availability and therefore lower costs for equipment o sharing channels with other sites is expected o 13 11 overlapping and or 3 non overlapping channel o 2 400 2 484 MHz spectrum e WLAN 5 0 GHz o 1 000 mW allowed transmission power outdoor less used frequency band and therefore interference free connection possible o In general equipment needs to provide dynamic frequency selection and transmission power control It is exp
145. ed to use CORLA This license is limited to a project and can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support 10 2 1 How to Make a Field Strength Area Calculation 1 There are three possibilities to open the field strength area calculation window e Choose Calculation gt Area Field Strength Themes Tools View Extras Window 4rea Field Strength Ctrl F Save Area Calculation Load Area Calculation Esport Area Calculation Client Coverage Point Field Strength Point Channel Power Level Summation Site To Site Save Site To Site Figure 262 Make a field strength area calculation e Click on x In the control bar e The shortcut for the field strength area calculation is CTRL F 2 The field strength area calculation window opens and some settings according to the situation have to be done brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 160 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Model 3755 0 Type Erceg C Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 4 50 00 Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Pixel Relative 10 00 Height AGL m 10 000 W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 686584 01 X 10 695891 53 Y From 5333668 7 54 Y To 5336663 70 OK e yN Figure 263 Field strength area calculation settings for the Erceg model At first it need to be decided which propagation model should be
146. eds to be set brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 213 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems To change colour profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 4 Press OK to create the theme In our example the colour profile has been changed for a better overview Figure 358 Elevation theme example nearest neighbor resolution relative 100 Figure 359 Elevation theme example bilinear interpolation resolution relative 100 10 12 2 Clear the Elevation Cache The elevation layer can be cleared separately This avoids the loss of all calculation data if the user only want to delete the elevation cache 10 12 2 1 How to Clear the Elevation Cache 1 Choose Themes gt Clear brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 214 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Themes Tools View Extras Wind F Ca Coverage J Best Server 2 Carrier To Interferer E Pa x Power Level Par Sy pn io i Sub Carrier Interference i Zee Field Strength fe Elevation Elevation Building Visibility r F F F F Pu rh F Figure 360 Clear elevation cache This will delete the whole theme from the project Keep in mind that the theme cannot be returned and that this operation cannot be reverted Time consuming calculations may have to be made again The more elegant way to hide themes is to
147. eeeearsueuearsesueansegaes 60 Figure 82 The visibility settings tab ccccccscsssecsesrcecsecrceceearsesuearsucuearsesuearsuseeansususersagues 61 Figure 83 The visibility settings tab ccccccsescsecsesreecsenrceceearseceearsecuearsesuearsueueansususansagues 63 Figure 84 Click Add to add NEW ParamMetelS cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeass 63 Figure 85 Fill in all fieldS cc ccceceececee ee eee scene eee e eee eee e eee e eee e seen sane ESSA HERES OSS ESS a ES ESAS a REESE ES 63 Figure 86 Click OK to Save the CNanges cscsecsesroecsesreeceearceseearsecuearsueuearsueuearsueusersagues 64 Figure 87 The created parameter appears in the liSt ccccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesanseeess 64 Figure 88 The CORLA settings tab ccccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeasaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeseeaesegags 65 Figure 89 The CORLA algorithm tab cccececccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeeeansegags 65 Figure 90 The CORLA model parameters tab cccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeesesansenass 66 Figure 91 The WinProp Properties cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeseeeeaeeeeaeaneegass 68 Figure 92 The elevation model settings ccccscecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeeaeseeesaeseessanseeass 68 Figure 93 The building classes settings ccscsecsestsecsesreeceearseceearceceeatsesuearseeuearsesusersesues 69 Figure 94 The building class
148. eeeeeeeeseerereees 203 Create power level theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 203 Power level theme settings cccsscseccsscsecrsecsecrseeuecuseeuecrsueuecrsueueersueueaerseenes 204 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A ccccscscseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaes 204 A power level theme example Munich 10 dB margin cccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 204 A power level theme example Munich 0 dB MarGin cscecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 205 The best power level is marked with a green circle on the Map sc0000e 205 Create Sub Carrier Interference theme from MENU ccccseceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeees 206 User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 249 of 251 Figure 343 antennas Figure 344 Figure 345 Figure 346 Figure 347 Figure 348 Figure 349 Figure 350 Figure 351 Figure 352 Figure 353 Figure 355 Figure 356 Figure 357 Figure 358 Figure 359 Figure 360 Figure 361 Figure 362 Figure 363 Figure 364 Figure 365 Figure 366 Edition Figure 367 Figure 368 Figure 369 Figure 370 Figure 3 1 Figure 372 Figure 373 Figure 374 Figure 375 Figure 376 Figure 377 Figure 378 Figure 379 Figure 380 Figure 381 Figure 382 Figure 383 brown iposs GmbH 6 Create Sub Carrier Interference theme from calculation tab by right clicking A ste ic gue cir ah coreg eterno ate ve cin wate ce nips gun veaetasipee ease E E ceensayecsnaees 206 Sub Carrier Interfere
149. eeeeesaeeesesaeeeeaes 74 Figure 107 Enter coordinates and click Next visscsescsvsscuassunesiesexesasssavceasnbecaseuanevesaipaavennisns 74 Figure 108 Choose the radius of the area s ssssesssssnnnssnsrnrnnnsnnrnnnrnnrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennennns 75 Figure 109 Choose an example Site ccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeseeaeeeseeaegeeags 75 Figure 110 Result returned from Google MAPS s ssssssssssssrsrsrrsrnrnnnsrnrnnnennrnrnennrnenennrnens 76 Figure 111 Right Click the red marker ssssssenssnsnnnsrnsnnrsnnsrnrnnnennnnnnnnnrnrnennrnrnennrnnnennnnnns 76 Figure 112 The coordinateS ssesssssresssrsrnrrrrsrnrnrnsrnrnrnnrnrnrnernrnrnrnnrnrnennrnrnennrnnnnnnnnnnn 76 Figure 113 Choose a coordinate system type s ssssssesssrsrnrssnsrnrnrnrnnrnnnernrnrnennrnenennennns 77 Figure 114 The easy way to load Projects cccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeaeseeesaeseseeangenags 79 Figure 115 Load cadastral data s ssesssnsnenssnsrnnsrnsrnrnrnnnnrnrnernrnrnnrnrnrnernrnrnennrnnnennennns 80 Figure 116 CHOOSE A MIS rvieccateneseastenaeidetaueaneccueateceves sec ieanacderiucenecntaceanascearanuesaumaneetuaan 81 Figure 117 Click OK to add the cadastral data to the project ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaes 81 Figure 118 Unmodified cadastral data ccccsccsesteecsesrcecsecrceceecrceseearseeuearsueuearsueueansagues 82 Figure 119 Additional cadastral layers ccscsecsesrsec
150. ek1 V Basel_Sek2 v Base1l_Sek3 a WLAN J Bas Toggle Antenna C Coverage B Best Server Carrier To Interferer Power Level r uE Remove Antenna Merge with Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 328 Create carrier to interferer theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The carrier to interferer theme window opens Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Antennas Deactivate others Activate all Calculation C I For neighboring cells assume Maximum Load Base Load Coloring Margin Coloring Default Margin dB 0 000 Include areas without coverage cancel Figure 329 Carrier to interferer theme settings 4 Choose to create the theme for all antennas or only the actual antenna Only works by right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Carrier to Interferer or marking the antennas and clicking on 5 Choose a color profile and a margin To change color profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 The sites can run in maximum load or base load modus during a calculation Choose one of them brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 199 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems The maximum load is default because in extreme situations the ratio is always more Significant than it would be in base load situations Including areas without coverage forces WiMAP 4G to show the theoretical
151. endered for the actual project showing all objects that have been placed and all calculations that have been done in the project This is useful to get a good overview about how everything might look in reality It is also possible to determine potential problems with the 3D view 12 1 How to Create a 3D View 1 Choose View gt Create 3D View View Extras Window Help Save View Ctrl V Restore View gt Undo View Change Ctrl Z West Translation Alt Left North Translation Alt Up East Translation Alt Right South Translation Alt Down e Center Cursor Point Alt Home Q Zoom in Alt Page Up Q Zoom Out Alt Page Down Q Show All Alt End C Autocenter Selection Create 3D View Figure 377 Create a 3D view The 3D view window opens and the actual project will be shown in 3D Every calculation can be shown in a 3D model so feel free to make a few calculations before creating a 3D view This will give a much better view also problems can be determined much better with the corresponding calculation shown in the 3D view Horz 9 000 vert 20 000 Spin 0 000 Reset view Figure 378 Example 3D view As shown in the Figure 378 all buildings are created in the 3D view A coverage calculation with the typical parameters and colors is shown here brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 228 of 251 Iposs 12 2 Navigate the 3D View Navigation inside the 3D view is quite simple H
152. endesaneenaescnceen 159 10 2 THE FIELD STRENGTH AREA CALCULATION ss icnccsactnavoees vesoaducnwstegsrsiedasteaadeionayn veuloseunceideasnsemacdeuseetoets 160 10 2 1 Howto Make a Field Strength Area Calculation ccccccsesecccseesecccneseceeaseeeeceesecseeeseeeees 160 10 2 1 1 WE Ee CSR A E E E A E A E E E E A 161 10 2 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher MOdel ccccssscccccsseeccecssseccccseneccccaeeccesaesecesaeaeceesseeeeeeeseaeeessugeeeeees 163 10 2 1 3 With Che ITU R Pi 141123 Modeleri panna EE EE EE AAEE NS 164 10 2 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model ccccsssscccccessececceesecccceeseceesaesseeesseeeceeseeaeeessaaeeeessegeeeeees 165 10 2 1 5 Wito TeV WN OD soca vane Gaye E E N rea einaeeanees 166 10 2 1 6 General Settings cccccssssccccsseccceeeseccccaeecceceeecceeseaseeeeseaeceesaeeseeeeeeeeseeesensecesseaseeessuaecessageeessageeeeees 167 10 3 THE CLIENT COVERAGE CALCULATION s ssssssssssssessesressrerrssrsseosessessresesseeseeseeseeseeseeseesreereerrerrereet 167 10 3 1 Howto Make a Client Coverage Calculation cccccccccsesececcneseccceesecesssecseceeseceeaseeeees 168 10 3 1 1 With the Erceg Model seirisiirrssceiresireriesen aa e a a aa aaia 170 10 3 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher MOdell ccccsssscccccessececcesseccccusseccceeeeceesaeeseeesseusceesseeeeeesseneeeeesanseeenes 171 10 3 1 3 Withithe ITU R P IA11 3 Model aecoisictaninn a a E i 173 10 3 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model
153. ensive compared to the 2 4 GHz technology o 24 non overlapping channel 8 indoor channels 200 mW power 11 outdoor channels 1 W power 5 FBWA 4 W power o 5 180 5 870 MHz spectrum e WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access o microwave signals for connection range up to 50 km therefore suitable for poorly accessible regions o comparable to WLAN except the range is much higher o 3 400 3 700 MHz spectrum e Backhaul o connection between core network and small sub networks o point to point and or point to multipoint radio relay o frequency spectrum different up to 38 5 GHz brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 104 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Tetra terrestrial trunked radio also Known as Trans European Trunked Radio Access o designed for use by government agencies emergency services and military o low frequency spectrum and therefor huge range with high coverage o expensive and can interfere other sensible electronic devices like TV receiver o 380 470 MHz spectrum e Generic OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex o high efficiency caused by nearly constant spectral power density o tough against interference o needs exact time and frequency synchronization o 470 870 MHz spectrum 6 1 How to Create or Edit Carrier 1 Choose Carriers gt Edit Carriers Antennz Create b
154. ent coverage calculation does not show any visual effects in the Terrain Explorer Only the clients tab in the Project Explorer will change during a calculation If not all columns are visible the project explorer needs to be dragged to the right width q 10 3 1 How to Make a Client Coverage Calculation 1 Choose Calculation gt Client Coverage lon Themes Tools wiew Extras Window 4rea Field Strength Ctrl F Save Area Calculation Load Area Calculation Export Area Calculation Client Coverage Point Field Strength Point Channel Power Level Summation Site To Site Save Site To Site Figure 274 Open the client coverage calculation settings brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 168 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 The client coverage calculation window opens and some settings according to the situation have to be done Model gee oferta Type Erceg ba Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 4 50 00 Average Utilization 4 Own Cell Interference a Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 Noise Figure Receiver dB Figure 275 The coverage calculation settings First of all a propagation model needs to be chosen The rest of the settings depend on the specific propagation model brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 169 of 251 broadband wireless network
155. ent fine the new antenna can be used while creating sites brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 112 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 1 2 Editing Antennas Sometimes antennas need to be edited 7 1 2 1 How to Edit Antenna Types 1 Choose Antenna Types gt Edit Name v Carrier __ Electrical Downtilt From Electrical Downtilt To New STELLA_DORADUS 24 12010H WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 0 000 2 000 STELLA_DORADUS 24 2020H WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 0 000 0 000 Edit Antenna Types Sit 3 Create Import Figure 177 Edit antennas 2 Choose the antenna that should be edited and click on di t Antennas can be deleted by selecting the desired antenna and clicking on Delete Browse Manufacturer STELLA_DORADUS Electrical Downtilt From 0 000 Electrical Downtilt To 2 000 Optional Dat Oo Maximum Power dBm 20 000 Antenna Type Height mm v Patterns Attenuation Horz Attenuation Vert Gain Name v Freq MHz Elect Pol 24 120 10 15 H 2442 000 0 000 Other Cancel Figure 178 Change the fields 3 Edit the antenna For details see 7 1 1 If everything has been edited click on OK brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 113 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S 7 1 3 Imp
156. er Antenna Opening the 3D view is sometimes quite confusing Antennas cannot be found really fast because they are hidden between the buildings A field strength area calculation maybe helps to locate the antennas a little bit better but it is not the optimal solutions for presentations The Center Antennas Option opens a window showing all the antennas used in the current project Now a specific antenna can be selected and the view will change to the antenna residence ID WIMAX BS1 Basel_Sek1 WIMAX BS1 Basel_Sek2 WIMAX BS1 Basel_Sek3 WLAN _BS1_ 3 4GHz Basel_Sek1 WLAN_BS1_ 2 4GHz Basel_Sek2 WLAN_BS1_ 2 4GHz Basel_Sek3 WLAN _BS _ 5GHz Base 2_5GHz_Sek1 WLAN_BS SGHz Base _SGHz_Sek WLAN_BS 5GHz Base _5GHz_Sek3 WLAN _ BSS 3 4GHz Base3_ Seki cancel Figure 380 Choose the desired antenna Zim 557 996 Figure 381 The antenna will be focused Navigation a Camera Platform Autopilot i Center Antenna Figure 382 Navigation specials choose Center Antenna brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 230 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 12 3 Export a 3D View A 3D view can also be exported 12 3 1 How to Export a 3D View Assuming that a 3D view has been created The export of a 3D view is only possible from within the 3D view window 1 Choose Plot gt Export Pl ot N a VI ga ti on Wie cee g cure er a peon _ choose Close C
157. es 148 The created clients appear on the Map ssssesssssserssssnnrnrrrnnrnnrsrnrnrrenernenenne 148 Convert clients tO POINTS a csrecccnsunevessuncetarnianeueconeaeas seaheunsatasavensucinscenerseunecus 148 Mark a client and choose Convert to Points ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeaes 149 Remove clients after the conversion ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeeseseeaneeeags 149 The points appear ON the map cccsccecseseseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeegeeeeeegeseeeeanseeass 149 The edit window of a point ssssesssssnsrssrsnnrnrrrnnrnrrrnnrnrnrnnrnrnennrnrnenernrnenne 150 The edit window of a point with the parameter URL ssssssesssssrsrssrsrsrrsrenns 151 Point open link UO sapctecd tenceacticantcamdecsnniesesauneedssot samuicess pennant cunusenesisueews sane cent ae 151 Create new client Profiles cscccsecseccsecsearceceecrcecnenrceseenrseseentseseenesesnentensns 152 PUD Wel CNS S E A A A A 152 PUNA oere E 153 Feed C A S acvetesasasecaneiehesananeseraseteveiaestasaiaecaeyecesasanepenctasanasaichederacasacas 153 FIG CSE FV E E EA A E 154 Create clients from the MEMU cccccscccsecsccrsecsecrceceenrceseenrseseenrseseeneseseessenses 154 Create clients ON the MaP cccscccsecsecrcecsearceceearceceearceseearseseearseteeatsesnessensas 155 User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 247 of 251 Figure 255 Figure 256 Figure 257 Figure 258 Figure 259 Figure 260 Figure 261 Figure 262 Figure 263 Figure 264 Fi
158. es settings cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeesesaneegags 69 Figure 95 Click Add to add a new building class ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeesaneeeaes 70 Figure 96 Click OK to Save the CNANGES ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaesegaes 70 Figure 97 Add new attenuation parameters cccceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeesseaneneass 70 Figure 98 Save the Changes with OK cccscscsecsesreecsesrcecsearseceearsecuearsesuearsesuearsesueensesaes 70 Figure 99 Colours need tO be added cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeseeeeaeeeeeeaneeeass 70 Figure 100 Click OK to Save all CHANGES ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeesesaneegags 71 Figure 101 The Start dialog cccccccceceeeeeeee eee ee eee ee esse a eeee eee eeesaeeeeesaeeeeasaeseeasaeseeasangegags 71 Fig re 102 Create A NCW OO CU acai Svcs vce be ccs de cc vn de cv es de cc ee ee de cc tees de cc tees be ec ees decease 71 Figure 103 The project creation dialog ccscsccscsteecsecrseceearceceearsecuearsesuearsueuearsesusensesues 72 Figure 104 Choose this type and Click N Xt cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeneesaneeeass 73 Fi re 105 Ck SEAN CM aiasciesducenesesvennscaderscarciecseaedeaeusesaueunseeteassecatueesasaeeessanteeunaetemaaeas 74 Figure 106 Choose a result from the liSt cccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeea
159. eters q brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 149 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss o 8 8 1 How to assign carrier 1 Take a right click on the point on the map or in the list tab of the points tab and click on Edit Pointl x 367181 80 Y 5623184 41 z m Power dBm 45 000 SNR dB 17 000 cane IWLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Height m 2 000 Carrier List WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Colour change Transp lo E Coverage cae Figure 245 The edit window of a point 2 Carrier List selects the carrier of a list a change will be applied in the text box Carrier The text box can be changed manually but if the Carrier and the selected carrier by Carrier List are different the function coverage cannot be used 8 8 2 How to assign an URL t 1 Take a right click on the point on the map or in the list tab of the points tab and click on Edit brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 150 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems SNR dB Carrier Backhaul 38 GHz www brown iposs com Carner List Backhaul 38 GHz T E Change Transp lo E Coverage ox cerea Figure 246 The edit window of a point with the parameter URL 2 Enter an URL i
160. etter presentation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 212 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems An elevation model is required for the elevation theme For more information see chapter 4 2 10 12 1 How to Create an Elevation Theme 1 Import an elevation model 2 Choose Themes gt Elevation gt Display Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Coverage b u fe PEM Ere Best Server Carmer To Interferer Power Level y Sub Carrier Interference Field Strength r F F F F r Elevation l z J iaiia jj Elevation Building Visibility pienjay 7 I Export b J Clear Figure 356 Create elevation theme from menu 3 The elevation theme window opens and some settings have to be done Calculation Bilinear Interpolation Resolution Absolute m 2 000 pixel Relative 50 00 Coloring Default Figure 357 Elevation theme settings Choose whether to use the bilinear interpolation or the nearest neighbor algorithm for the theme The bilinear interpolation is a much more precise algorithm and under no special circumstances it should be used The nearest neighbor algorithm is really imprecise but therefore the system requirements for this algorithm are very low The resolution can be chosen between absolute or relative Finally a colour profile ne
161. ettings or graphical settings Cadastral Data Cadastral Data is vectored graphical information which typically consists of many layers Cadastral data is used to get an overview on the environment and especially on buildings and boundaries of landownership in the project WiMAP 4G supports the dxf format Cadastral data can be purchased from the local land survey register Elevation Model Elevation models describe the topography of the ground surface The elevation model is represented as a raster with a fixed cell size The cell size characterizes the quality of the elevation model A smaller cell size results in a higher precision The elevation model is a very critical part of the project because imprecise data can cause problems not during planning but in reality Always try to find a highly precise elevation model to get the best results possible The Terrain Profiler cannot work properly without an elevation model brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 232 of 251 Iposs Background Image Background images can be imported in WiMAP 4G They can hold all desired information for example satellite photography of the calculated terrain The orientation will become much better with a background image showing the actual surface buildings wood etc WiMAP 4G supports tif tiff jpg and png format for a background image import Network A network contains all the locations and sites with their corresponding antennas S
162. eweineeinzineeie ines 101 Imported StrUctUreS ae sauetnveacanevesecscenestsatadeanertesaieesterrenereansatdctuseatentadsseaeess 101 Corine imports need to be mapped to a building ClASS cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 102 A whole region created with corine iMpoOrts cccecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeaes 102 Click Edit Carriers to show a list Of all C rri rs ccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeaeees 105 Choose New to create a NEW susswiusatnecsswsiiesanesanceiewiireseuneindedaaibneharmiwuncea sain 106 The carrier configuration WINdOW s ssesssssssrssssnnrnrrrrnrnrnnnnrnrnennrnrrenernrnnnne 106 User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 245 of 251 6 7 NE Iposs Figure 165 The fast way to Create a carrier cccscsceecseereecsearcecnecreceearseseearseseeatseseeares 107 Figure 166 Configured carrier sdrsncaaacncressinestianacent tans seniiasusasteesuieatsesataateauntiereaeniersieansees 107 Figure 167 Coverage settings acces te rcceusiercneusterceeussercnessereucustencueuetercueuusercucustarcecestercict 107 Figure 168 Import carriers ec cce cepa e se ce nese encteseueeeneteneneneseneecuatercseuetercuevetercucvstercecesiersuet 108 Figure 169 The log shows information for the Current iMpOrt ccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 108 Figure 170 Existing carriers Cannot be replaced cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeteesesanes 109 Figure 171 A pattern can be imported while creating ANtENNAS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
163. f calculation IpOSS E53 Field Strength Calculation Calculation Model WinProp Type Dominant Path Model Dominant Path Model Empirical Two Ray Model Deterministic Two Ray Model Height AGL m 10 000 W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates xX From 688101 29 Xx To 694374 25 Y From 5333 675 62 Y To 5336495 62 canes Figure 301 WinProp Field Strength Calculations settings 3 5 1 1 The Dominant Path Model calculate the main paths between transmitter and each receiver pixel by high precision like the ray tracing 3 5 1 2 The Okumura Hata Model calculate the path loss based on four factor freguency between 150MHz 1500MHz distance 1km 20km between transmitter and receiver height of transmitter between 30m 200m and height of receiver between 1m 10m 3 5 1 3 The Empirical Two Ray Model calculate the path loss by each pixel on the map without looking for the point is hidden or unreachable 3 5 1 4 The Deterministic Two Ray Model calculate the path loss by each pixel on the map with checking whether the point is not hidden and reachable A special license is needed to use WinProp models which can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support 10 4 1 6 General Settings 4 After choosing and configuring the desired propagation model there are a few settings that have to be done for all models The values which should be calculated need to be chosen at the bottom of the window brown
164. fference of 8 m all around the environment only one isoline will be shown while using the default 10 m With a step size of 2 m four different isolines will pop up for the same environment each of them for a different height level DEE gt gt n 3 A 5 A of H g JWiMAX BS1 3 512 658 J X z fy 2 El 5 520 0g0 m 5 ld AOO mm 535 044 A ZANO l parnzjosiphS Ro Ea M E napini Li F cH F Gi ri z E a D 2 i Nessthse r a P i c K g y a z 2 antes strae rorgmnsy ge brown iposstngrp a Hen m 79 A t g A karmie AN Q zJ Pi i ay D ag Pe WAP 2 x a ite fur 3 r 5 T Lf all gt Juw we Vijene pe si yr A Z Sibeceem 1g 4 Sod menen Een Pe 1 WLAN_BS3_2 4GHZ J ET ed KLEN oo fon munadugis amig ril Cs 7 aa ero F ari e O Sh fe euj WA ANR KR piersirat x 7 y N b i a Eir ar tea i tire Saas 4 J alcatel lucent iig coom wit 9 000 WLAN _B1_2 4GH nat ia i xI ia i Tet 7 r S h 5 Ofr amp a gt Sf A Ss i as aih 52000 hE i D v Spa a Rta J ASL Zi t y A lt Ta a Figure 374 Elevation isolines example Munich 11 3 Isoline Export Sometimes it could be necessary to export for theme or elevation created isolines Exporting isolines is possible with WiMAP 4G It is especially helpful for importing theses isolines to other projects for example to show them in pre
165. ght AGL Power Dt Elect Antenna 0 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 0 00 Stella Doradus 24 60 10 17 20 000 14 8 dBm 100 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Antenna 120 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 120 00 Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 20 000 14 8 dBm 100 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Antenna 240 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel7 240 00 Stella Doradus 35 90 8 16 20 000 14 8 dBm 100 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 mA ejete Figure 194 Fill in all fields A new site has been created now antennas must be placed to make it work 3 Choose New Direction Height AGL m 20 000 Height Refers To Lower Edge Center Direction 240 000 Downtilt 0 000 J Auto adjust Carrier L Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 v Options Power dBm 14 771 Pilot 100 00 Bands 1 Cable Loss dB 0 000 Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 v Options ID Core Sitek24C13 Pattern Position Electrical Downtilt From 0 000 To 0 000 wv Options polarization C Unknown 1s All Patterns 1 Proper Technology Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Polarization Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Downtilt Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Proper Frequency Patterns 24 90 10 16 V Bad Match Figure 195 Add antennas to the site e Parameter brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 123 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po S WIMAX Channel 2 lower band Y Option
166. gory parameter and the colouring In this tab only those parameter can be selected which have colour as a trait The colouring of a parameter can be set at Edit categories gt Edit a selected category gt Edit a selected Parameter gt Colouring gt Eait or New 8 6 3 Change colour of points by coverage tab For colouring with the coverage each point must be activated for this function This works by editing a point Eadit gt Co our gt Coverage or by activating multiple points by Points gt Assign colour gt Colour gt Adopt with coverage like in figure 230 In the points tab coverage can show the colour levels 8 7 Clients and Points It is possible to convert clients to points or to create clients from points This can be used if the user does not want clients on his project anymore and wants to convert them to simple brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 146 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems points This can also be a benefit for the overview As mentioned there is a small area with about 100 clients For a better overview it is necessary to convert the clients temporary otherwise all associated lines would simply flood the screen The other way is to convert points to clients in a future stage of the project 8 7 1 How to Create Clients from Points 1 Choose Chents gt Convert from Points Clients Link Calculation The eae aa 2 Create A Point Catego
167. gure 120 The cadastral data settings tab lt i 4 1 2 1 How to Edit Cadastral Data Layers 1 Open Project gt Properties gt DXF General DXF Calculation he V Enabled Empirical Models Show From Scale 1 0 00 Free Space Propagation i of CAUR P 1411 3 Show To Scale 1 10000000 00 Erceg Model ff Visibility Layer on CORLA Raylauncher DXF Layer Name Cadastral Layer Name Color Algorithm F aaea n 2 EREK Model Parameters Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colors Reset To Template Cancel Figure 121 The cadastral data settings tab 2 At the bottom of the window double click the desired layer or choose the layer and click on Edit The layer configuration window appears Ignore Cadastral Layer Name lec Color E Change Transp Yo lo Priority 0 canca Figure 122 Choose Visualisation or Ignore 3 Decide whether a layer should be visible or not by choosing Visualization or Ignore brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 83 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 Rename the layer This is useful to keep track if there are many layers 5 Change the color transparency and priority of the layer Priority can be set between 0 and 1 000 Layers with higher priority always crossfade layers with lower priority Click on Ok Layer DXF Layer Name Cadastral Layer Name Color
168. gure 173 A pattern is required for antenna creation To load a pattern click Patterns gt Load single pattern If there are more than one pattern available for the same antenna click Patterns gt Load coupled patterns brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 111 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Optional Data Maximum Power dBm 20 000 Patterns Load Single Pattern bl Gain Load Coupled Patterns Adjust Parameters Figure 174 Load single or multiple patterns 5 Select a pattern which is either a mis or a dat or an adf file and click on OK If this is a valid pattern a line will be added in the attenuation table Patterns Attenuation Horz Attenuation Vert Gain Name Freq MHz Elect Pol 24 120 10 15 H 2442 000 0 000 Other Figure 175 A valid pattern 6 7he electrical downtilt for a patter can be edited by selecting the pattern and clicking on OK A window appears and the downtilt can be changed for 45 and other Edit aml Electrical Downtilt ee Polarization Other Direction Attenuation Figure 176 Antenna attenuation If everything is edited and a pattern has been imported click Ok to complete the creation If there are any error messages follow the instructions from 1 6 If everything w
169. gure 265 Figure 266 Figure 267 Figure 268 Figure 269 Figure 2 0 Figure 2 1 Figure 272 Figure 273 Figure 274 Figure 2 5 Figure 276 Figure 277 Figure 278 Figure 279 Figure 280 Figure 281 Figure 282 Figure 283 Figure 284 Figure 285 Figure 286 Figure 287 Figure 288 strength columns Figure 289 Figure 290 Figure 291 Figure 292 Figure 293 Figure 294 Figure 295 Figure 296 Figure 297 Figure 298 brown iposs GmbH 6 Create clients from the clients tab ccscscsecsecreecsesrceceecrsesnentcesnentseseensensas 155 FAD WASP e E E P st teases ee nated E A eiaceatananaeet 156 The client appears ON the MAP cccceceeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaeseeeeaeeeeetaeeenass 156 Edit clients from the M Nu ccccccscscceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeaeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeags 157 Edit clients in the clients tab cccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeseeaneenags 157 Choose the client and Click ON Edit cceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeseeaeseeeeanees 158 Assign clients to the nearest Site ccscscsessesecesseseeesneseeusnenseusneneensueusenseeues 158 Make a field strength area CalCulatiOn ccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeaeeeeaes 160 Field strength area calculation settings for the Erceg MOdel cccseeeeeeees 161 Choose the type that fits the situation ccccsececeeeeeeeeeeeseeeereeeeeeneesterereees 162 50 coverage probability sg cnan
170. hannel 1 Figure 207 The sites tab 2 All sites are listed at the top of the tab They can be activated or deactivated brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 130 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 8 Points Points have a lot in common with clients but they are a little bit different Points can be placed everywhere on the map They represent for example potential customers or measurement points for the wireless solution created with WiMAP 4G There are less calculation possibilities for points than for carriers A point should be set if there is no further information on a client about what technique he uses 8 1Measurement Points A measurement point is defined by coordinates and other parameters like Power Level or SNR This used measurement point is for radiowave measurement like WLAN or WiMAX The category Measurement is an example for a point category that can be used to define a measurement point Measurement points can be imported from a measurement data file in csv format see Figure 208 for an example Each point must have a minimum of attributes like Name and Coordinates If no suitable converter is available contact us at info brown iposs eu EEE Measurement_48u3 csv EJ 1 Name Power SNK Carrier Height XN Y E Colour 2 p l 5ID105 API 86 8 WLAN SGHz 6 776615 o1l 21928667 3 p02 5ID105 API 86 8 WLAN 5GHz 6 776615 51 219278667 4 p03 SIDIOS
171. he created antenna will appear in the liSt cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 126 Figure 200 The created site appear ON the map cccecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeanes 126 Figure 201 Select the site by Right click in the map or in the SiteS tab ccccceeeeeeeeees 126 Figure 202 Edit the site and click OK to Save CHANGES ccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeteeeeeaees 127 Figure 203 Antenna settings in the Site Editor cceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeeeeaeaeseeanes 128 Figure 204 Carrier SE xegesevececreacecederecetenutedearwrsenutanenaseunectuveiecsnedsseertanssturiuseeentedeseanees 128 Figure 205 Antenna settings in Site Editor after add another Carrier ccscceeeeeeeeeeees 129 Figure 206 Activate or deactivate all Sit S cccceceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeesesaneeeesanes 130 FOUE 207 TAE SES TAD reei En EENE EEEN EEEE EEEE EPEE OEE 130 Figure 208 Supported csv file with measurement iNfOrmatiONn cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 131 Figure 209 Measurement points from a measurement without colour information 132 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 246 of 251 Figure 210 Figure 211 Figure 212 Figure 213 Figure 214 Figure 215 Figure 216 Figure 217 Figure 218 Figure 219 Figure 220 Figure 221 Figure 222 Figure 223 Figure 224 Figure 225 Figure 226 Figure 227 Figure 228 Figure 229 Figure 230 Figure 23
172. he other tab n ssssenssnssennnnsnsnnrnsnnrnrnnnurnennnurnnnnnernensnurnennnurnennnurnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnn 30 Anti aliasing QNaDIO cccsecseccsncsecesncuccusnenecusnenecusuenecuseenseusuenseusnenseuseeatansas 30 Anti aliasing GISADICG srrirorrririeriiri iiaeiai i 31 User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 242 of 251 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 version Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Figure 39 Figure 40 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 brown iposs GmbH 6 A configured Terrain Profiler tab wcsissinsusienecwunsassniawaveennenasaeneneiwiieeehauieawatansenweln 31 Terrain Profiler zoom functions ssssssesssssnnrsrnsrnrnrnnernrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennrnrnennennnn 31 A plot can be saved or printed s ssssssesssnsrnnrsnnrnrnsnnrnrnenernrnennrnrnennrnnnennenens 32 The printer window can have a different look depending on the installed Java EPEE T PE TE EE ET PEPEE T ET P T E E ET E PT AT cece 32 The plot can be saved as a PNG file ssosenssnsnensnnnnnnnnnennnnnnennrnnnennrnrnennennns 33 Docking the windows results in a much bigger work Area
173. he real position of a client The alternative to get a power level for a client is to simply read them on the map after doing a power level calculation This alternative will not be exact as long as the user does not specify a few 1000 color profiles It is not necessary because there is the client coverage calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 167 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems The client tab in the Project Explorer shows all clients used in the current project and the according values coverage power level C I carrier to interferer Name Site Profile alrspan WLAN BS 5SGHz WLAN 5GHz Net W alcatel lucent WLAN_BS 5GHz WLAN 5GHz Net alvarion WLAN _BS2_5GHz WLAN SGHz Net beceem WLAN BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net brown iposs WLAN BSS 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net intel WLAN _BS1_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net navini WLAN BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net proxim WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net redline WLAN _ BS3_ 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net ae Sites th Layers Points amp Calculation a Elevation cadastral 3 Height AGL Coverage 17 000 17 000 QAM16 3 4 23 000 12 000 QAMi6 1 2 25 000 26 000 QPSK 3 4 23 000 QAM16 3 4 8 000 14 000 QAM64 1 2 Eg Figure 273 The clients tab in the Project Explorer 75 92 100 00 77 13 71 77 81 70 65 21 69 11 Power Level C I 17 05 211 18 91 20 34 25 99 Note that the cli
174. heme Sub Carrier Interference theme field strength theme theme isolines elevation isolines The clear cache feature does not work for the field strength area calculation t 10 15 1 How to Clear the Calculation and Theme Layer 1 Choose Themes gt Clear Themes Tools View Extras Wini jepp erry GEP 3 D x Clear Best server Carrier to interferer Power level Sub carrier interference Field strength Elevation Elevation Building Visibility gt Coverage gt T ee see E COCO v Figure 368 Clear the calculation layer A This will delete the whole calculation or theme from the project Keep in mind that the calculations or themes cannot be returned and that this operation cannot be reverted Time consuming calculations may have to be made again brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 220 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems The more elegant way to hide themes is to deactivate the corresponding layers in the layer tab For more information about layers layer activation and deactivation see chapter 2 5 2 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 221 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 11Isolines Isolines connect points of equal value on the map The prefix iso means equal Isolines can be used for presentation and to keep overview on a project They
175. his manual Figure 55 The cadastral data tab 2 5 7 The Clients Tab The clients tab shows all created clients in the actual project with their corresponding profile height coverage power level and carrier to interfere values A right click on a client offers all the possibilities to create edit or delete the client and to choose the Terrain Explorer to show the environment between the client and his corresponding site More information about clients and associated possible actions can be found in the corresponding chapters of this manual Namew Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C T alrspan WLAN BS2 5GHz WLAN 5SGHz Wet 17 000 W alcatel lucent WLAN BS2 SGHz WLAN SGHz2 Met 17 000 AM16 3 4 75 92 100 00 w alyarion WLAN _BS2_ SGHz WLAN SGH2 Wet 23 000 beceem WLAN BS3_ 4GHz2 Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 O4M16 1 2 77 13 W brown iposs WLAN BS3 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 25 000 71 77 W intel WLAMN_BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 26 000 OPSK 3 4 81 70 W navini WLAN_BS3_2 4 GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 23 000 AM16 3 4 65 21 W proxim WLAN_BS1_z2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 4 000 W redline WLAN BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 O4M64 1 2 69 11 NL Stes Layers J Ponts Calculation aa Elevation cadastra I Cnt Figure 56 The clients tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 45 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 5 8 The Link Budget Tab The
176. is limited and part of the import export functions are inaccessible We reserve us the right to restrict new and more functionalities in future releases of WiMAP 4G Community Edition 14 1 8 What are the requirements to get a license Activation is necessary for the Professional Edition as well as for the Community Edition After purchasing the WiMAP 4G Professional Edition a USB dongle carrying the license is delivered to you for the activation of your Professional Edition The Community Edition also needs activation but the only requirement is a valid e mail address license file is sent by e mail 14 1 9 Can I upgrade my Community Edition to Professional Edition at a later time within the program Yes it is possible to use the Community Edition and make an upgrade at any time later It is sufficient just to plug in the USB dongle having the Code meter runtime environment installed into your computer and start WiMAP 4G 14 1 10 Do I have to update my WiMAP 4G from time to time WiMAP 4G will automatically search for updates from time to time If a new update has been found WiMAP 4G will ask you to download and install the update brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 238 of 251 Iposs 15 Troubleshooting P I cannot install WiMAP 4G You do not have the required permission to run this file S Administrative permission is needed to install WiMAP 4G Please contact your system administrator for further information
177. ish language only Other language can be Supported on request 14 1 4 Do I have to be online to use WiIMAP 4G No but You need to be online to get a license for your WiMAP 4G installation An internet connection is also necessary if you want to use OpenStreetMap to plan your maps Additional Satellite photos and elevation models can be down loaded from within the program if an internet connection is available 14 1 5 What file formats does WiMAP 4G support File format Use uo o cadastral data import aie ae tiff png background image export import plot Terrain Profiler diagram export 3D view export export isolines sv _antennas pointsimportfexport Table 2 File formats supported by WiMAP 4G brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 237 of 251 z Iposs 14 1 6 How much does WiMAP 4G cost The costs of WiMAP 4G depends on the used edition number of licenses and selected propagation models that shall be planned with WiMAP 4G Since there is no constant price for all these features a detailed price list can be obtained from the WiMAP 4G website 14 1 7 What is the difference between WiMAP 4G Editions The Professional Edition offers the complete feature set apart from services that need to be licensed against third parties The Community Edition has additional project orientated limitations The number of sites in the same project is limited Also the resolution for displaying the calculation results
178. ite A site is a base station holding active antennas This can include many different systems carrier and antennas Point Among the sites WiMAP 4G supports another essential data type the points Points can be used to get an overview on special places like potential customer locations or other site locations for the future There are calculations for these points to check for instance the field strength on a special place or area Point Categories To create different types of points WiMAP 4G offers the possibility to create point categories This helps the user to differentiate the points Antennas WiMAP 4G supports every kind of antenna for example omni yagi Antennas will be considered with the help of antenna diagrams These diagrams contain a detailed description of the vertical and horizontal attenuation which will be provided by the manufacturer in most cases Antenna information can be imported in several ways Planet format like dat adf msi Each antenna needs to be assigned to exactly one antenna type System In most cases a network consists of different system techniques in short systems Especially for last mile connections many different types of hardware and frequencies are in use for example WLAN based on the 802 11a standard compared to the connections between the sites they will be connected for example with a radio relay system based on the 802 16a standard Field Strength The field strength is the qu
179. ive and insert maximum distance and maximum angle difference and click on OK 7 hoo Sn Sehwarzrheindortwilich Rhaine YY _ it moh m Restrict to technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Antennas Active non active Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Cha Maximum Distance m 5000 000 Maximum Angle Difference iit 5 000 Figure 311 Fill in all the fields and click OK to start the calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 189 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems The pathloss will be shown beside the line which connects the antennas In this case it is 57 9 dB Figure 312 shows a few antennas involved in a site to site calculation If a blue line connects antennas after doing a site to site calculation everything worked out fine If a black line is shown the antenna is not placed well Take a look at the environment with the help of the Terrain Profiler to find out what happened In most cases a mountain or a building interferes the connection m T 7 rr Pe aoa r f x E L es oe aT k uo gt i i i La Bonn Castell i ri F i be Thonn Site1 m d A 4 i Bonn a Figure 312 A black line signalizes problems brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 190 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 6 The Coverage Theme This theme is the b
180. jects shall be planned Default settings are preset for every theme For large projects additional colors should be added as well as some presets for different locations Theme settings should always be made in Project Defaults to keep them saved for future projects Color profiles can be changed for e Best Server e Field Strength e Power Level e Sub Carrier Interference e Carrier to Interferer C T e Elevation e Visibility e Ec IO brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 52 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems General Theme Calculation Best Server Empirical models eld Free Space Propagation riis Erceg Model Sub Carrier Interference C I Model Parameters WinProp i Elevation Model iio DXF 2 Building Classes Elevation Default ss Visibility Default Edit New Delete Reset To Defaults oo Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 66 The themes settings tab 3 1 2 1 1 How to Change a Colour Profile 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Calculation gt Theme General Calculation Theme Empirical Models 2 ven Free Space Propagation i TTIR P 1411 3 Figure 67 Theme settings tab 2 Select the desired theme for example Field Strength Field Strength Default M Edit Figure 68 Press Edit 3 Press Edit to open the contiguration window Now there are different
181. l WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 181 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 296 A point field strength calculation example Munich CORLA resolution x y 3 resolution z 3 point extent 1 10 4 1 3 With the ITU R P 1411 3 Model 3 3 1 Choose the average road orientation in This can be set to a standard value in the settings Calculation Category Potential Customer Model ITU R P 1411 3 Road orientation phit 90 000 Columns W Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level Field Strength Column Field Strength W Use Height AGL Column Height ASLI Column Height Carrier M Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Figure 297 Point field strength calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 To configure the ITU R P 1411 3 see chapter 3 1 2 2 2 i amp g Category Potential Customer Name v Height Y N Power Level Field Strength JE 2 W Miller 10 000 71 6 0 075 690161 99 5336395 45 521 900 W Peters 8 000 07 5 0 154 690601 65 5336029 06 516 639 Wl W olt 7 000 100 8 0 000 690499 51 5336395 45 516 598 ints Calculation a Elevation Bc adastral i Clients f Link Budget Figure 298 A point field strength calculation example Munich ITU R P 1411 3 road orientation 90 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 182 of 251 broadband wirele
182. l be created automatically while performing actions such as calculations or building creation The layers given in this example are the standard layers preconfigured for every project Not all of them are used while creating a new project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 41 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 49 Buildings layer enabled and disabled 2 5 3 The Points Tab The points tab has three subtabs list coverage and visualisation The list tab shows all points used in the project sorted by the point category Points can be activated or deactivated If the used points are not listed in the points tab make sure to choose the correct point category Category Measurement x Name v Power SNR _ Carrier 7 Height x Mipl 78 0 25 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 2000 000 36867 WV p2 81 0 23 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 2000 000 36862 W p3 87 0 24 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 2000 000 36863 Figure 50 The points tab list tab A right click on a point offers the possibilities to create edit or delete a point The little icons in the right upper corner allow export and calculation of the points and gives the possibility to edit the point classes More information can be found in the corresponding chapter in this manual The coverage tab is for showing the colour of coverage levels based on the colour diagram of the carrier brown iposs GmbH
183. late the path loss by each pixel on the map with checking whether the point is not hidden and reachable A special license is needed to use WinProp models which can be ordered at WIMAP 4G product support 10 2 1 6 General Settings 4 After deciding on a propagation model and configuring it there are a few additional settings that need to be done First of all we need to set the height of the calculation above ground level Usually this value should be something as the antenna height or corresponding A low value for example 1 m could cause a bad result because at this height there are a lot of interferers for the signal 5 Next thing to decide is if the calculation is restricted to a specific technology This can be useful in large projects with many different technologies in use Note that the program will simply calculate in all technologies without a restriction which may double or multiple the calculation time in some cases 6 At last the specific coordinates of the calculated area can be set If the blue area frame is shown on the screen the coordinates will always be the coordinates of the vertices of that blue frame 7 When all settings are done click on OK to start the calculation As mentioned above a calculation can take some time so do not close the program 10 3 The Client Coverage Calculation The client coverage calculation is a useful feature of WiMAP 4G for example to calculate the exact power level for t
184. lation or theme can be made and the results can be used without any doubt If there is no elevation model imported the calculations or themes will be imprecise These results should never be used to make a decision whether to build a planned scenario in reality or not 10 1 Calculation and Theme Types The following calculations are possible with WiMAP 4G e field strength area e client coverage e point field strength e site to site The follow themes are possible with WiMAP 4G e coverage e best server e carrier to interferer e power level e Sub Carrier Interference e field strength e elevation e visibility brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 159 of 251 t broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po S S Pe Themes always need results from a basic calculation to start calculating itself So if an error occurs or nothing is shown after creating a theme the first thing to check is whether the corresponding basic calculations have been done or not 10 2 The Field Strength Area Calculation The field strength area calculation is the most used calculation and always the basic calculation that has to be done before creating a theme It shows the field strength for the whole marked blue area or if zoomed in for the whole screen The field strength area calculation can be made with all propagation models except CORLA where a license is needed for A license file is need
185. ld the left mouse button and drag the cursor to mark the exact area X B 151a jacob an eS Figure 14 Zoom Figure 15 Mark an area The rectangle zoom tool can also be activated by choosing Tools gt Rectangle Zoom 2 2 4 The Distance Measurement Tool The distance measurement tool is useful to get a distance or a specific angle of the map Click the button on the control bar to activate the distance measurement tool Choose and click on a desired point on the map with the left mouse button hold the button and drag the cursor to the desired position See the distance and angle difference beside the line that connects the start and target point brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 25 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems i Ljevelingaweg Figure 16 Distance measurement tool The distance measurement tool can also be activated by choosing Tools gt Distance Angle Measurement 2 2 5 The Terrain Profiler The Terrain Profiler is a powerful feature which allows the user to take a snapshot of the environment and watch out for obstacles like mountains or buildings which could interrupt the signal of antennas or disrupt intervisibility The Terrain Profiler consists of two parts the tool itself that can be used to drag around the map and watch out for obstacles and the Terrain Profiler tab which shows the territory inside the dragged zone The Terrain
186. le to separate numbers The null value will be used for lacking point columns and hence is only useful to convey readability of the created csv file Note that not all symbols are supported An unsupported symbol prevents the user from importing a csv file to another project It is always secure to choose 9900 3 Choose a filename and path for the created file If the file path of the file is unknown click on Choose to open the explorer browser window If everything is done click on OK to export all points of that Point Category gt Point Export Category Measurement Decimal Separator Null Value File C WIiMAP_Projecte P6 P6_export csv brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 143 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 231 Fill in all fields 4 The created csv file can be found at the chosen file path 8 5 2 How to Export Points as kml file 1 Choose Points gt Export gt As KML to open the export window Chents Link Calculation Themes Toc Create Edit multiple Assign colour Import Activation Edit categories Figure 232 Export points as kml file 2 Select the path where the kml file should be save Directory C Program Files WIMAP 4G demo o l Name 7 Size Last Modified templates 5 Windows Defender
187. les need to be mif files so make sure that they come in this format 5 3 1 How to Import Buildings 1 Choose Geodata gt Buildings gt Load Buildings Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Li Elevation Model gt au wlla Buildings gt Fil Load Buildings Maps gt Save Buildings Capture Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 153 Choose load buildings to import buildings 2 Choose the desired mif file and click OK All buildings included in the mif file has been imported now and can be edited and or deleted as usual 5 4 Create Buildings Using Cadastral Data Professional Edition Buildings can be created using the cadastral data This is an advanced feature and therefore only available for Professional Edition customers Only the cadastral data is needed which can be purchased at the local land survey register Import buildings with cadastral data is more precise than creating them because the cadastral data is a professional product made by engineers OpenStreetMap which is mostly used to get an impression where to create buildings is an open project and therefore not immune against individual caused errors 5 4 1 How to Create Buildings Using Cadastral Data Assuming that cadastral data has been loaded and contains a building layer 1 Choose Geodata gt Buildings gt Create from Cadastral Data brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMA
188. lts close to reality brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 62 of 251 t broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 1 2 2 4 1 How to Add a New Frequency Dependent Parameter for Building Intersection 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Calculation gt Empirical Models gt Visibility p General Calculation i Theme Empirical Models ve Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Erceg Model a Visibility CORLA Raylauncher Figure 83 The visibility settings tab 2 At the bottom part of the window in the frequency dependent parameters window Click on Add Frequency Dependent Parameters To Frequency t Maximum Building Count Maximum attenuation per Building Maximum Overall Attenuation Figure 84 Click Add to add new parameters 3 A new window opens and some values need to be added To Frequency MHz Maximum Building Count Maximum attenuation per Building dB Maximum Overall Attenuation dB OK Cancel Figure 85 Fill in all fields e To Frequency The maximum frequency for attenuation for example 2 4 GHz e Maximum Building Count The maximum count of intersecting buildings e Maximum Attenuation per Building The maximum attenuation one building can achieve e Maximum Overall Attenuation The maximum attenuation that can be reached if a lot of buildings intersect brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 63 of 251
189. m Files WiMAP 4G demo CorlaDemo exe Choose Empirical models 2 Free Space Propagation Resolution X Y m 3 000 Erceg Model Visibility Maximum Memory Limit MB 512 00 COREA Raylauncher V Resample Elevation Model To Cube X Y Size Algorithm Model Parameters IV Calculate In Buildings i WinProp Elevation Model Pattern DXF In case of ambiguous antenna pattern Building Classes d G l level Point Colours Create pattern leading to maximum power leve Create pattern leading to minimum power level Reset To Defaults Cancel brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 64 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po 5 S e Figure 88 The CORLA settings tab First of all the executable path to the CORLA exe needs to be set This always needs to be done prior to making a calculation with the CORLA raylaunching algorithm The CORLA Raylauncher requires an extra license It can be ordered at the WiMAP 4G product support Contact info brown iposs eu for more information The next two options deal with the resolution used while calculating something with the CORLA Raylauncher e Resample Elevation Model To Cube X Y Size Activating this option forces the CORLA algorithm to load and resample the elevation model This is important for small areas since CORLA needs a specific minimal resolution of the elevation model to be able to calculate If this resolution cannot be provide
190. me and click on OK Indoor loss should be applied except when there are no walls or doors etc ID 2 Name Metropolitan city building W Apply Indoor Loss Figure 96 Click OK to save the changes 4 Select the new building from the list and click on Attenuation and then on Add 0 Buildings Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 1 Forrest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 2 Metropolitan city building Yes Edit Delete Figure 97 Add new attenuation parameters 5 Add new Frequency and Attenuation The second field should only be filled if there are some special circumstances inside the building Double click on Ok 500 000 10 00 0 00 lengthim Frequency To MHz 2500 000 Attenuation dB 10 0 000 length m Figure 98 Save the changes with OK 6 Click on Color and Add 1 Forrest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m Metropoli 10 00 0 00 length m Edit Delete Attenuations Figure 99 Colours need to be added 7 Gradually insert building heights and the related desired colors After this is done double click on OK brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 70 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Color Height To v Add Edit Height To m 100 000 Color O change Transp lo aa Figure 100 Click OK to save all changes This
191. model o Calculates the path loss with the power law To use this option a path loss exponent is required The path loss exponent comes in 1 6 to 6 depending on the terrain conditions Table 1 Path loss exponent Terrain Type Path loss exponent City with shadowing effects Buildings without line of sight brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 57 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Exponential law o Calculates the path loss with the exponential law To use this option a path loss factor is required The standard path loss should only be changed by experienced users The elevation model attenuation can be set to a specific value to take account of obstacles like buildings and mountains or other line of sight interference The value depends on the structure and its physical conditions With the help of frequency dependent parameters it is possible to create profiles for every frequency in separate Building intersection can be included in calculations at the bottom It influences the calculation of a project in city areas and considers the fact that structures could stand in line 3 1 2 2 1 1 How to Add a New Frequency Dependent Parameter for Free Space Propagation 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Calculation gt Empirical Models gt Free Space Propagation Calculation i Theme i Empirical Models ITU R P 1411 3 Erceg Model Figure 77
192. n the Project Explorer right click and choose Coverage Coe Be D a 2014 07 17 14 02 43 W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz sat Basel Seki Best Server Carrier To Interferer Power Level Pro Sub Carrier Interference Pro Field Strength Remove Antenna Merge with Load Calculation Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 315 Create coverage theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 3 The coverage theme window opens brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 192 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz Antennas C Deactivate others Activate all Average Utilization 4 Own Cell Interterence 9 30 00 Thermal Noise Density dBm He Noise Figure Receiver dE Coloring Margin ee Margin dB 10 000 cancel Figure 316 Coverage theme settings 4 Choose to create the theme for all antennas or only the actual antenna Only works by right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Coverage or marking the antennas and clicking on WiMAP 4G will automatically assign the grayed values 5 Choose a margin and click on OK WLAN 2 4 GHz g WLAN_BS2_5GHz Figure 317 A coverage theme example Munich 10dB margin brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 193 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 318
193. n the field URL and close the window with OK 3 Take a right click on the point on the map or in the list tab of the points tab and click on Open Link to List Coverage Visualisation k Category Measurement Copy Name Power SNR Carrier URL Heig Create client Create point Figure 247 Point open link to Now the browser will be opened and load the homepage that stands in the parameter type URL 9 Clients Clients can be set to a specific point to make some additional calculations to see if this exact point is covered with a specific power level and which station should be used to get a good brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 151 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o signal It can also be used for presentations to show customers everything will work out fine for them Clients can be arranged in different client profiles or newly created This makes sure that for example the user does not plan a project for customers which uses the 5 GHz technology with a 2 4 GHz technology It is more attracting for a customer to see everything work out fine with using the specific real values 9 1 Client Profiles As mentioned before the client profiles helps the user to categorize customers in special groups that maybe only use a special technology like WiMAX or 5 GHz WLAN 9 1 1 How to Crea
194. n this example there are six different layers available for the cadastral data They include the 0 layer which is always available in cadastral data and some special layers like land name land border or vegetation 4 1 2 DXF Settings The DXF settings can be found in Project gt Properties gt DXF At the top it can be chosen whether dxf files should be enabled or not This is simply the same option as activating or deactivating the dxf layers in the Project Explorer Below this option a scale of cadastral data can be set to a minimum or maximum value Both values are set to maximum and minimum scale by default With these values the cadastral model can always be seen independently from the zoom factor At the bottom of the DXF settings the specific layers can be edited Color can be changed as well as priority of the specific layer or the visibility If desired layers can be deleted too brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 82 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems General DXF i Theme V Enabled Empirical models Show From Scale 1 0 00 Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Show To Scale 1 10000000 00 Erceg Model Visibility e i P CORIA Raylauncher DXF Layer Name v Cadastral Layer Name Colour z Algorithm Model Parameters a i WinProp Delete Elevation Model DXF Building Classes Point Colours o Reset To Defaults Cancel Fi
195. na a pattern is necessary which contains all the information about the vertical and horizontal attenuation These patterns can be loaded from files The files need to be msi dat or adf The patterns can be downloaded from the manufacturer site but sometimes they need to be created manually The pattern files can be chosen later Pattern brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 110 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems files contain antenna names so there would be less input needed if a pattern file was chosen right away Choose a file and click on Ok or Cancel to cancel the import A short introduction how to create pattern files can be found in chapter 7 1 2 3 If no pattern file has been imported edit the name and manufacturer according to the desired antenna and choose electrical downti t Advanced users can add Maximum Power and Antenna Type Height Name 24 12010H Browse Manufacturer STELLA_DORADUS Electrical Downtilt From 0 000 Electrical Downtilt To 0 000 Optional Data Maximum Power dBm 20 000 Antenna Type Height mm v Patterns Attenuation Horz Attenuation Vert Gain Name v Freq MHz Elect Pol i Figure 172 Fill in all fields 4 To complete the antenna creation a pattern is now necessary Trying to complete the creation without a pattern brings up the following message No gain patterns found Fi
196. nanianeanes 27 2 2 5 3 Additional Terrain Profiler ZOOM cccccccsssscccceessccecaueececsuseecescueeececsuesecessaeeeceesaaeceesausecessuaeeceesaggesessages 31 2 2 5 4 Terrain Profiler Export Features ccccccccsssscccccesseccceesccecceesecceseaseceesaeeceeeseeeceessuaseceeseesecessegeecessuaaeeeesages 32 2 3 CUSTOMIZING THE WORK AREA sssessesssssssssssrsssssssnassssnssasinntstanncasasacaeansossossesetsscssusassessresastsstss 33 2 3 1 DOKI WAON eer E E E E TE E EE 33 2 3 2 Adjustment and Zoom Customization ccccseccccssecccnsecccesecceusecceuseseenecesesecssesessausessasessees 33 2A INI BUDGET ccoscccueesancciceenagsteeanncanteobacsutecapesans obsactaesspcclcetebqeaanannenancosesdeanesadcattnsssobdameradnigonnscsieon 34 2 4 1 How to Make a Link Budget Calculation cccccssssccccsesececceeecsccensececeusecetseeseseeeesecesaeseeseas 36 2 4 1 1 DVN UII ss ENAT EIA EI E TEA A TE EA IE ETET E AAT E T A T A T 36 2 4 1 2 Automatically by Using the Terrain Profiler ccccssscccccsssececceseecccceeseceeceeeecesseaeeceeeeaeeceesueaecessuaaeseesages 37 2A E 8 Pee een ee Re OR OE RE Rr ee oe eee 38 Ze TRIE PRO VEGI PORE ie crrteesececsencecrsencaceteea teu supenceneneiaeusconsadenauepevetcuneaia acunsareseaneate enemas EE E 39 2 5 1 TAS SCS TOD eee E A E E A A A ES 40 Deh TEL FO a E E E E E EE E A 41 DB VN ON TD aaa E A E E E A 42 Loa PIC COCO TOD eaa E E O 43 2 5 5 The Elevation Model Tab ccccccseeseccceesececcs
197. nce theme settings ccccsecscscseeeseseeseeeeeeeeserseseeraereees 207 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A ccccscseseceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaes 207 A Sub Carrier Interference theme example Munich 0 dB margin 00 208 The best Sub Carrier Interference is marked with a green circle on the map 208 Create field strength theme from MENU ccccseseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeereeeesenststerereees 209 Create field strength theme from Calculation tab ccccsesececeeeeeesereeseerereees 209 Create field strength theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 210 Field strength theme SettingS ccccccccseseseceeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeaeseeesaeeeeeeanseeags 210 Munich field strength area calculation Erceg A cccccseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaes 211 A field strength theme example Munich 0 dB margin maximum load peak level Sensor re arty E city eyecare E E E 211 A field strength theme example Munich 10 dB margin maximum load peak E 212 The best field strength is marked with a green circle on the Map 00005 212 Create elevation theme from MENU cccccccceceeseeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseseeanees 213 Elevation theme settings sisccecrinasseuniesdvanisainenivericmeieninaxtieeinaneeerainers 213 Elevation theme example nearest neighbor resolution relative 100 214 Elevation theme example bilinear interpolation resolution relative 100 214 Clear elevation cache isacc
198. ne of the most important things that WiMAP 4G depends on A project cannot be planned without sites because they are the main aspect of every calculation There are different types of sites and antennas available and all of them have their advantages and disadvantages An advanced knowledge of antenna types is useful to make projects succeed For example since the costs of each antenna type differ a project should not be expensive if that is not necessary So every user should make some investigations on sites and antennas before continuing with this chapter It is also necessary to take a look at the involved parameters used for antennas and calculations 7 1 Antennas There are a few preconfigured antennas but depending on the project other may be needed to make a proper calculation Different companies offer different antennas with different parameters Antennas should be created to design the project as close to reality as possible 7 1 1 Create Antennas As mentioned before new antennas sometimes need to be added to make calculations with the exact antenna type for a proper result WiMAP 4G allows the creation of antennas with the help of patterns 7 1 1 1 How to Create Antennas 1 Choose Antenna Types gt Create or Antenna Types gt Edit and click on New Load Coupled Patterns Antenna Types Si te Create Edit Import Figure 171 A pattern can be imported while creating antennas 2 To create an anten
199. ngth Field Strengt Degree Degree Figure 213 Click on OK to save the changes brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 135 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 8 2 2 How to Create a Point Category 1 Choose Points gt Edit Categories Figure 214 Create new point categories 2 There are two preconfigured point categories so either use them edit them or create a new one To create a new point category click on New Figure 215 Fill in a name 3 Choose a name for the point and click on Add to create new columns for this point MMPowertevel RY Colouring Default Edit New Delete Co cna brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 136 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 216 Choose a type and name In case there are no special circumstances it is recommended to choose the type as the name Add all desired columns and press OK to save the point category Name WLa n_Customer Browse Columns Name Name Add Power Level Power Level Edit Ordinal Ordinal Height Meter Delete Field Strength Field Strengt Degree Degree Figure 217 Click OK to save the new category 8 3Create Points When all point categories needed are created a point can be set 8 3 1 How to Create Points 1 There
200. nnas right click the desired site and choose edit More information can be found in the corresponding chapter in this manual Sites and antennas can be activated or deactivated just by checking or unchecking the boxes beside the desired antenna or site 2 5 2 The Layers Tab The important thing to understand while working with WiMAP 4G is all things managed by the program are organized in layers and can be deactivated or activated as desired Layers will be created in WiMAP 4G for every single case created or edited by program buildings calculations elevation sites clients points etc In the Project Explorer of the layers tab all layers are listed Name vi OpenStreetMap vY Background Images v Elevation Visualization v Visibility Visualization Calculation v Buildings v Elevation Model Regions v Isolines v Isolines Labels Measurements Building Heights v PNT Potential Customer Labels v PNT potential customer Labels v Clients v Site Labels v PNT Potential Customer vY PNT potential customer v Clients Labels Antennas v Sites v Line based Calculation v Cursor Point Debug Legend Sites Ta G Points Calcula ao Elevat cada clients PILink B Figure 48 The layers tab In Figure 48 you can see the layers tab in the Project Explorer except debug and building heights everything is activated To deactivate a layer simply uncheck the box next to the layer name Layers wil
201. ns Losses WiMAP 4G offers many parameters for the link budget calculation and therefore the most precise result is guaranteed The following parameters can be adjusted e Max Total Power Maximum power of the base station e Max Pilot Power Maximum pilot power of the base station e Antenna Gain Tx Antenna gain for the specific transmission vertical and horizontal tilt involved e Cable Loss Tx The used cables loss e Tx Loss The power which could get lost between two transmission points e EIRP Equivalent isotropically radiated power the result e Noise Density Noise power per unit of bandwidth e Noise Figure Rx Difference between the output of the receiver and the output of an ideal receiver with same gain brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 34 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Signal Bandwidth Signal bandwidth form the carrier e Rx Loss Receive loss between the stations e Required C I The minimum desired C I e Rx Sensitivity The minimum signal power that is needed to create the required SNR e Antenna Gain Rx Antenna gain TX of the corresponding station e Cable Loss Rx Cable loss of the corresponding station e Total available path loss Maximum path loss between stations e Own source interference Interference from the sending antenna itself e Own source interference margin Interference margin from the sending antenna itself e F
202. nt elevation model ceceeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseerereees 87 Choose radius for the new model s ssssssssnsrsnssnsrnrrsnnrnrnnnsrnrnennnnrnensnnrnenennne 87 The new model will replace the old ONC ccccececeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaeeeeeeanees 88 THe IM DOM GIO cmcanceconsaececistcecivact cesnsateamaceeaneusesi ten AA a Airai 88 Load a background IMAGE ccececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeaeaeseeeeaeseeaeaeeesaeansegags 88 Fill in all field and click OK cccececececeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeenseaeaeeeeesenstatarerseeenensnanans 88 ITU R P 1411 3 field strength calculation including buildings cccceeeeeeees 89 ITU R P 1411 3 field strength calculation without buildings ccceeeeeeeeeeees 89 Capture DU IIGI NGS sci newicawacamicewenactsecanendnemieiwdcandcawteintsimacevementduescanedewtuaceciciveses 90 AGG the first coordinates acsccrsvinsadusntravinaneintacvixseiseninsrineninasieussasneuaeinsaineneneti 91 The blue dot shows the coordinates ssesesssnerenrsnennnnsnnrnnnsnnrnrnennrnrnennrnnne 92 All coordinates added ssesenssnsnunssnnrnnrrnnrnrnrnnrnrnrnnrnrnrnnrnrnnnnrnrnennrnnnennnnnne 92 AC ated OU ranirea na RE 93 PG COL NUS TEE EEEE E EAEE GEE EEEE EEE 93 Building added via drag and CrOp cccecececseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeaeeegags 94 Add the courtyard ssssesssnsrsnssnsrnrrrnsrnnrnnernrnrnnrnrnnnnrnrnrnnrnrnennrnrnennrnenennennnn 94 I E A A E E A 94 Intersec
203. nt views can be Cursor Point chosen Figure 12 Graphical user interface Work Area brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 21 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos 5 E Almost all functions can be reached within one or two mouse clicks The Project Explorer is on the right side and offers the following views Sites Layer Points Calculation Elevation models Cadastral data Clients Link Budget calculation The view can be changed at every time At the bottom of the screen the Terrain Profiler can be found as well as the log and cursor windows Access the control bar below the menu bar The control bar enables a boundless moving around the terrain including buttons for all essential functions 2 2 2 Elements of the Control Bar D v 5 R gt Create a new project An open project can be saved or discarded Load a project from a rad file An open project can be saved or discarded Save the current project One step back This function affects only changes on the work area Calculations and object actions cannot be reverted One step forward This function affects only changes on the work area Calculations and object actions cannot be reverted Shift the visible area to west Shift the visible area to north brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 22 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e o
204. obability maybe affected by weather or atmospheric conditions For high frequency carriers the weather can make the little difference between a working and a useless signal The temperature is able to affect the coverage too Depending on this it is always recommended to not set this value to low The calculation result may look very brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 170 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems nice in theory but in reality none of the customers may receive a satisfying signal That would be a disaster A good result with a high value as for example 70 is a good basis for a real project WLAN 2 4 GHz BPSK 1 2 no Coverage Figure 277 50 coverage probability For example for the rectangle in the figure above there is a 50 chance that this area receives a signal which can be demodulated with QAM 64 To change the model parameters or the standard coverage probability see chapter 3 1 2 2 3 Name Site Profile Height AGL Coverage Power Level C I beceem WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 12 000 QAM16 1 2 77 13 32 73 proxim WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 6 000 111 11 0 06 redline WLAN _BS3_ 2 4GHz Wlan 2 4GHz Net 14 000 QPSK 3 4 81 73 30 44 Sites a Layers ka Points Paindat Bevati adastra ta Client Ir Link Bu PA E Figure 278 A client coverage calculation example Munich Erceg
205. odel The Terrain Profiler can be tested as well as different propagation models brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 20 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 2 Work Area WiMAP 4G is clearly arranged to make work easier for experienced users and even for newcomers 2 2 1 Work Area Basics Control Bar Terrain Explorer Project Explorer Project Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Poihts Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help og YES ela MECT iaaa Sites a x Site T W WIMAX BS1 W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz W WLAN_BS2_5GHz W WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Site T Direction Carrier W WIMAX BS1 0 00 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band W WIMAX BS1 120 00 WIMAX Channel 2 lower band W WIMAX BS1 240 00 WIMAX Channel 3 lower band W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 120 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 240 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN_BS2_5GHz 0 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 Cursor Point x m W WLAN_BS2_5GHz 120 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 X 297 60 Y 149 06 W WLAN_BS2_5GHz 240 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 HAGL m 10 000 Z m 18 872 W WLAN_B53_2 4GHZz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 E E IEn T I scale 1 920 63 gp ssoluyjed Od 05 06 07 O8 09 10 Distance m N ste ta ro Ta Aee Bea 86 En Terrain Profiler At the Project Explorer differe
206. ofile and a site which should be used by the created clients Feel free to edit or create new profiles by clicking on Options gt New or Options gt Client Profiles Before finishing the conversion choose the points to be deleted after creating the clients or to still occur afterwards brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 147 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Create from Selected Point Active Points Point Category WLan_Customer Height AGL Column Z Site WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Profile Wlan 2 4GHz Net Options Cancel Figure 239 Fill in all fields and click OK to start the conversion 3 Click on OK to convert all the chosen points to clients If everything worked out the points will be clients and will show a blue dashed line in the chosen site williams Figure 240 The created clients appear on the map 8 7 2 How to Convert Clients to Points 1 Choose Chents gt Convert to Points Clients Link Calculation The Create B Edit Foint Category WLan_Customer Assign to Sites Convert Height AGL to Convert from Points Height AGL Column Z l Convert to Points m l Remove Clients Edit Profiles Fig
207. olding down the right mouse button enables the look function Simply slide the mouse to change the camera view Holding down the left mouse button enables the move function Slide the mouse to move around the map With these two functions nearly every move can be done on the map The attentive user may have also discovered the labels at the bottom of the window These seven labels allow to view everything on the map from every angle and distance The X and Y labels describe the actual coordinates of the camera The horizontal and vertical describes the angle of the camera Experimenting a little with these values make it quite clear how to use them The Z spin and distension are interesting labels They can make it much easier to locate and show specific objects This will only happen if the user knows how to use them Keep in mind that they can also cause the whole view to vanish from the screen if useless values were inserted x 689337 77 5334260 62 z m 960 598 Distension Z 1 00 Horz 45 000 Vert 22 500 Spin 0 000 Reset view Figure 379 The labels The distension is the axial extension of the Z axis Therefore a higher value stretches the buildings and make them higher for the human eye This is useful if the project only holds buildings with small heights The distension will stretch them a little bit and gives them better visibility The maximum value of distension is 10 which means a building will be shown
208. on tab ccsscsecesseseceseeseceseenseuseesecuseensensneueenseeues 43 EIN Cal atile gae PA A cannee cia O O 44 The elevation model tab s ssssssesssnsrnrsrnsrnrnrrsnnrnrnernrnrnennrnnnennrnenennrnenennennnn 44 The Cadastral data tab ccccecsesecsceceeeeceseeeeseseaeeeseneeseseaeaeeesensnseatarsesenenenanass 45 The clients TAD ccsccscacicansesnsainicivinsnsescicasicivsnansenviciviosvenentsacieinseanscasieewiasnereusess 45 The link budget tab aati cc ee eretcctey nde ccentawdenwetcacuventaciteceteaisuentanesvceiicttventacteeet 46 Settings OF a SIC vawecisctencieceteestiastevetieetinsteastecstaestaee aes 47 Select the 60 6 0 pe ene ee eee 47 AEM eG SCUINGS A E E E E E E E E E 48 Select the COlOUr ssssssenssnsnunnsnnnunnnnnnurnnnnnunnnnnnurnnnnnurnnnnnunnennnunnnnnnurnnnnnurnnnnnnnn 49 The general settings CaP sx ene saes case css anes cect nneacansusncuse sie aasaneinens seas uessueeasen anes 50 Bilinear TMS AON agate teres weno sues cnc cee EEE EEEREN E EEEE EEEE 51 Nearest neighbor vissicicicsnsisnisaeicsrenenssasiciwia sesaciisanieanvasienrseseissnsaeiisareeaneaareiiant 51 The Calculation settings tab cccccececceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeseeeeaeeeeesaeeenags 52 The themes settings tab ccccscscsecsesrcecsesececsesecesneneceseenecusnesseusuensensueusensesaes 53 Theme settings CAD cccecscsrcecsesrceceenrcecnenecesnenecusnenseusueneeuseensensuensensueunensegaes 53 PSS ECG asirieni iecerei nwa aawh
209. oncsanasavevsnauscaconssusteyenevaresonopesueeeasneussnevusedacasarevenesesuessesoveienenseuyarousnenesesuserene 104 6 1 HOWTO CREATE OR EDIT CARRIER eiccseseveciacusetacccinecaenauseameuersreontersusaacembaccoansaceoanuart cumoucuanereeaaaies 105 O IMPORT CARTIER sra E E EEE E 108 6 2 1 HOW LO IMPO COIE reisean initi tanne EEE EEA AEO AE 108 SITES AND ANTENNAS wvesevastosrscesece sex sacniustcacwesewesincvecevereaeneswvaroiapsestanssaundevussvessvasecetesedavensvews 110 E ANTENN E wee ve vas pees ences eee dees A E eva oeeus EAN 110 7 1 1 CREO EC ANTENNS ee cares pee nda eabecnatenet enak AEN ETNE UNE ENEE EEE NE ETEA 110 7 1 1 1 HOw to Create AM ENIA ecri r ir eaves ct E NEEN EEE EEE O EEE EEE REET 110 Td EGE IRCCS oiin iai i iaaea aiei 113 7 1 2 1 How to Edit Antenna Types iusaicncadssarinnsvesaceuadenannnsvtoudpusd oudpaivdibadpundbnaspusveausdpdnds suidputvaawdpundonsepasesesdeiadseamessvaawee 113 7 1 3 limport Antennd TypesS a cice rac tops ce ncicn cee exten ireren EnEn EE nc ens econ sae een eens 114 7 1 3 1 PLOW to import Antenna TYPOS cor cetiae cance ts canes ca eaonney eames EES NERE TEREI EEES N AEE EE ESNEA 114 7 1 4 How to Create a Pattern File cccccseccccseecccseecccececccecseccecssececseeeecsceeessseeesseeesseeecsnseecens 114 7 1 5 EPO ATENTO ra e N E A E E S 118 7 1 95 1 HOW TO EXOT ANENA Sriyati eann E E O T EEE E ENE 118 FAM JIMOO AMENNOS oerrinne EE rE E EN EINE UE EE E EEEE 118 7 1 6 1 HOw OUI ONE tl CNIS kscsrirssi snanu 119
210. onmental factors Cadastral data elevation models and background images can be imported in WiMAP 4G A professional project should never be planned without geo data import because it affects the results in a certain extent 4 1 Cadastral Data Cadastral data is a comprehensive register of the land parcels of a country or parts of a country It includes the precise location dimension and the cultivation of an individual parcel Cadastral data can be purchased at the local land survey register For presentations it can be useful to see the exact data signal power for a customer The destination of a site can be planned better if the user knows what is out there Cadastral data is not as important as a good elevation model but it can help the user to get an idea of the environment and take account of some special circumstances which may exist Import cadastral data in dxf meaning direct interchange Format 4 1 1 How to Import Cadastral Data 1 Open Geodata and choose Load Cadastral Data Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Elevation Model as ga Sie Buildings Maps d Load Cadastral Data Load Background Image Load Cadastral Data Clear Figure 115 Load cadastral data 2 When the configuration window appears some settings need to be done It is possible to import single as well as multiple cadasters Activate single or multiple file import and click on Choose Choose a file or a folder to impo
211. or a better overview With the functions visualisation and coverage the colour can be set based on a parameter for example Power SNR or Coverage 8 6 1 How to change the colour of a point manually 1 Open the edit window of a point like described in 8 3 2 for edit a single point or open the menu Point gt Assign colour to edit multiple points brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 145 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pP oO 5 S D 2 Select Colour gt Change for editing a single point left for editing multiple points right select Colour gt Change manually and click on Change Now a window with a colour palette will be open Name Point1 Browse ka 367181 80 Browse th 5623164 41 Browse z m Power dBm 45 000 dBm T Points Set Change Colour SNR dB 17 000 Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Height m 2 000 Category Measurement Colour Change manually Carrier List WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 Colour E Change Transp 0 E Coverage cae Figure 236 left Edit single point right Edit multiple points 3 Click on OK to close the colour palette to apply the selected colour and click on OK again to close and apply the settings in the edit window 8 6 2 Change colour of points temporary by visualisation tab The Visualisation tab changes the colour of points based on the cate
212. ormation see the following chapters 3 3 Load Projects Projects can be loaded by choosing Project gt Load or clicking on the Control Bar The File Explorer will open and a project file rap can be chosen If there is an active project it is possible to save or discard it before loading a new project Recent projects are shown on the project submenu at the bottom brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 78 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Project Geodata Carriers New fa Load LI Save Ctrl S Save As Print Ctrl P Properties example5 rap exampled rap examples rap example rap examplel rap Figure 114 The easy way to load projects 3 4 Save Projects Projects can be saved by choosing Project gt Save or clicking el on the Control Bar Save as can also be chosen from the Project submenu With Save as a project can be renamed or saved at another location Projects can also be saved with the Shortcut STRG S brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 79 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 Geodata Importing geo data is one of the most important things to bear in mind while working on a project Geo data makes sure that the user takes account of elevation buildings wood and other envir
213. ort Antenna Types Importing antenna types is possible with WiMAP 4G too Antennas can be imported from other projects or from other programs that support the rad export With this feature specific antenna types can be imported and does not need to be created for every project again and again 7 1 3 1 How to Import Antenna Types 1 Choose Antenna Types gt Import Directory C J computer Name Size Last Modified H F Antenna Types Sit iE Create Edit Import File Name rad Filter Export File rad v Cancel Figure 179 Import antenna types 2 Choose the rad file that holds the new antenna types and click on OK to import these antenna types If everything worked out successful the log shows the following information and the imported carriers are available now RAD import from C Users robert Desktop Neuer Ordner 3 example4 rad finished Figure 180 The log shows information for the current import Existing antenna types will not be replaced Instead of replacing the log shows the following information Object Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 UUID 21b4e388 3916 4606 b6a6 acd81163d2dc already exists and has not been replaced Figure 181 Existing antenna types cannot be replaced 7 1 4 How to Create a Pattern File Creating a pattern file is necessary for importing an antenna in case the manufacturer does not offer pattern files for download Only a text editor is needed to create
214. oss GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 235 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems poss S an Client A client is usually used to refer to a current or potential buyer or user of the connection C I The carrier to interference ratio C I CIR is the quotient between the average received modulated carrier power S or C and the average received co channel interference power I i e cross talk from other transmitters than the useful signal Isolines An isoline is drawn around an area that contains the same value of a parameter WiMAP 4G supports isolines for all calculation that have a graphical output Isolines can also be exported and imported in other programs that supports the mif or kml format brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 236 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 14 FAQ 14 1 1 What is WiIMAP 4G WiMAP 4G is the radio network planning tool by brown iposs It offers a simplified engaging way to plan investigate manage and analyze wireless networks 14 1 2 Does WiMAP 4G support 64 bit operating systems Yes on Windows 64 bit OS versions To start the 64 bit version please select wimap 4g 64bit exe instead of wimap 4g exe and assure that you are working with a 64 bit Java Runtime Environment 14 1 3 Which languages does WiMAP 4G support In the current version WiMAP 4G supports Engl
215. ount 1000 Algorithm Model Parameters Building Intersection WinProp Maximum Building Count 3 Elevation Model ane DXF Maximum attenuation per Building dB 20 000 Building Classes Maximum Overall Attenuation dB 100 000 Point Colours Frequency Dependent Parameters To Frequency Maximum Building Count Maximum attenuation per Building Maximum Overall Attenuation Add Edt Delete Advanced Options Check Fresnel zone clearance V Include earth curvature Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 82 The visibility settings tab The next settings concentrate on the building intersection These settings would be important if the project was planned in areas with a lot of buildings like city centers First thing to decide is the maximum building count for the building intersection This parameter depends on the maximum attenuation per building and the maximum overall attenuation The maximum building count multiplied with the maximum brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 61 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning operations support systems po SSH attenuation per building should not be higher than the maximum overall attenuation This feature should only be used if the maximum attenuation per building is known For the advanced user it is also possible to add frequency dependent parameters If the attenuation is well known frequency dependent parameters can help a lot in getting resu
216. patterns e extended export formats The WiMAP 4G Professional Edition offers high flexibility and delivers additional tools for planning carrier networks Figure 2 The Professional Edition offers CORLA as an additional propagation model 1 3 System Requirements WiMAP 4G is a Java based software and therefore compatible with every windows operating system 64 bit systems are supported too Minimum system requirements e Operating System Windows XP 7 8 or similar has to be windows e Computer Processor Pentium III with at least 1 GHz or equivalent e Computer Memory 2048 MB or more e Internet connection is required to get a license file and to use OpenStreetMap brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 13 of 251 Since WiMAP 4G is Java based other platforms may be supported on request To run the 64 bit version of WiMAP 4G a 64 bit Java Runtime Environment is required 1 4 Installation On http www brown iposs com en wimap4g download php you will find all required installation files a list of features and the WiMAP 4G software license agreement The windows installer file WiMAP 4G Professional Community Edition is required for installation It is a zip file which needs to be unzipped before the installation 1 4 1 How to Install WiMAP 4G 1 Unzip the downloaded Wimap 4G v5_1_0 setupNN zip NN 32 or 64 according to your choice 2 Start installation by double clicking the extracted setup exe j5
217. pecified for the special case 5 Press OK to create the theme In our example the color profile has been changed for a better overview Visibility dB dB WLAN_BS2_5GHz Figure 363 Visibility theme example bilinear cellwise 1000 resolution relative 100 10 13 1 1 How to Clear the Visibility Cache 1 Choose Themes gt Clear Themes Tools View Extras Wind Ca Coverage B Best Serwer 4 4 Carrier To Interferer uw Power Level Sub Carrer Interference i Zee Field Strength r r r r r r su INT Sar Gi ota I r Elevation ie Elevation Building Visibility P Figure 364 Clear the visibility layer This will delete the whole theme from the project Keep in mind that the theme cannot be returned and that this operation cannot be reverted Time consuming calculations may have to be made again brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 217 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems The more elegant way to hide themes is to deactivate the corresponding layers in the layer tab For more information about layers layer activation and deactivation see chapter 2 5 2 10 14 Export Calculation Theme Export is an extension of the Themes tab which does export the current visualization as presented in the GUI in one of the available formats Image ASCII or KM
218. pecifies the maximum area which propagation models can be calculated in If all settings are done click on Next brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 74 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Steps Geodata Configure which geodata to download and whether to initially set up an Type Soe Yp initial sample network Location gt Geodata Site Project directory Iv Fill missing SRTM values Radius m 2500 000 Figure 108 Choose the radius of the area Changing the maximum size of an area at a later date is possible by deleting elevation and loading it newly from Web However a bigger area is always a good choice even if the download takes a little bit longer to avoid the need for later modification 5 Choose if an example site should appear on the map or not If yes choose whether it should be a site with three sector antennas or one omega antenna and decide on one of the technologies Click on Next Site Select whether to create a sample site or not Steps Type Location Geodata gt Site Project directory 3 sectors Omni antenna Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz WLAN 5 GHz WIMAX Create no site Cancel Figure 109 Choose an example site brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 75 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 6 Choose a project folder A folder for
219. perations support systems f gt Shift the visible area to east Shift the visible area to south Shift the area to center the cursor Scale up the visible area Options can be found at Extras gt Global Settings gt Plot Scale down the visible area Options can be found at Extras gt Global Settings gt Plot all objects to the plot Centers up the selected object While activated objects chosen from the Project Explorer become centered on the screen RQ Optimal adjustment of the visible area Scales up or down and shift to put ca The rectangle zoom tool katas The distance measurement tool tn 7 Simply changes object positions with the drag and drop function nk Activates the Terrain Profiler fx Opens the field strength area calculation Now the field strength can be calculated with different propagation models Export the plot with components to file or to clipboard This function can be enabled or disabled wx Only one of these functions can be enabled at a time brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 23 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o Furthermore any essential function can be found in the submenus Detailed explanations can be found in the following chapters The bulk of the screen is filled with the Terrain Explorer As mentioned there are four functions run by the left mouse button e rectangle zoom e distance mea
220. planning e operations support systems Beside the rows there is a Browse Button which allows to enter the coordinates If the user knows client coordinates of a coordinate system which is not used for the actual project he can use them The program itself will translate them to the actual project coordinate system e The Z coordinate is the height of the ground itself If an elevation model exists the Z coordinate will be automatically set to a value brown iposs Browse Site WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Profile WLan 2 4 GHz 24 60 10 17 v w Options Carrier WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 v v Options Height AGL m 3 000 691297 60 Browse 5336149 06 Browse cance Figure 256 Fill in all fields 3 If everything is set click on OK to create the client Figure 257 The client appears on the map The client will show up on the map and a dashed line connect him with the site that he has been assigned to If any calculation is done the dashed line will turn into a solid one brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 156 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 9 3 Edit Clients Sometimes it is necessary to edit clients For instance a customer has changed his position on the map or he uses a different technology now 9 3 1 How to Edit Clients 1 There are three possibilities to edit clients e Right click on the client on the map and
221. poses this model developed by Victor Erceg for WiMAX planning It is designed for suburban and urban areas and considers three Non Line of Sight NLoS scenarios A B and C e Terrain type A is a hilly terrain with moderate to heavy tree density and is associated with the highest path loss e Terrain type B is characterized as a mostly flat terrain with moderate to heavy tree density or a hilly terrain with light tree density e Terrain type C is a flat terrain with light tree density producing the lowest path loss Project Properties General Erceg Model Calculation _ Theme Type Erceg C v Empirical models l Flat light tree density Free Space Propagation mo ITU R P 1411 3 Coverage Probability 50 00 Erceg Model Visibility Parameters CORLA Raylauncher A B E CUSTOM Algorithm a 4 6000 4 0000 3 6000 3 6000 Model Parameters i WinProp b 0 0075 0 0065 0 0050 0 0050 Elevation Model DXF c 12 6000 17 1000 20 0000 20 0000 Building Classes Antenna term factor 10 8000 10 8000 20 0000 20 0000 Point Colours Sigma_Gamma 0 5700 0 7500 0 5900 0 5900 Mu_Sigma 10 6000 9 6000 8 2000 8 2000 Sigma_Sigma 2 3000 3 0000 1 6000 1 6000 Elevation Model Attenuation dB 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 81 The Erceg model settings tab First of all the decision can be made which Erceg model should be used by default If there are only a few trees there is no need to use type A by default in that ca
222. project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overseen brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 180 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Category Potential Customer Model CORLA Raylauncher Resolution 7 m 5 000 Resolution Z m 5 og Point Extent multiple of Resolution Wr p Working Directory kTemphradiationi 7204539740664699 75tmp Choose Columns W Calculate Power Level Power Level Columna Power Level Field Strength Column a Strength M Use Height AGL Column Height 45L Column Height r Carrier W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz cancel Figure 295 Point field strength calculation settings for CORLA 3 2 3 Choose a working directory for CORLA Usually it does not need to be edited CORLA only needs to create a few temporary files while calculating To configure the CORLA Raylauncher see chapter 3 1 2 3 Note that the CORLA Raylauncher needs a license for a specific environment and can only be used by Professional Edition users h amp Category Potential Customer Name Height YZN P ower Level valj Field Strength E Y E W Miller 10 000 0 003 690161 99 5336395 45 521 900 cl Peters 6 000 TERZ 0 020 690601 65 5336029 06 515 539 wl Wolff 7 000 91 O 001 690499 51 5336395 45 515 398 brown iposs GmbH User Manua
223. r arrows in the control bar The translation factor gives information about how far the map is shifted by using these arrow buttons A 1 means the whole map is shifted by an entire size of the screen A 0 1 means the map is shifted by 10 of the size of the screen Boundary 0 1 10 Zoom factor The zoom factor option is important for the two zoom button in the control bar It shows how much the map is up or downscaled A 1 simply means that the map is zoomed in by factor one so nothing will happen with a 1 Values between 0 1 and 0 9 invert the zoom functions so that the scale up button scales down for example With a 1 1 the entire map scales up or down by 10 Boundary 0 1 10 Below the labels can be configured to show objects and or antennas colored black and buildings gray There is also an option for the intelligent label arrangement which gives the program the privilege to ignore the label standards if necessary The size of pixel and labels can be changed in the submenu medium Label size can be changed between 0 5 and 30 mm variably The pixel size should only be changed if presentation errors occur It is possible to change position and visibility of the Legend in the submenu Legend 2 4 Link Budget The link budget is the accounting of all the losses and gains during a transmission inside the medium antennas cable etc The way to calculate the link budget basically is Received Power Transmitted Power Gai
224. r example one class of buildings cannot overlap itself so if the user wants to create nested buildings he needs to create more than one class of buildings It is the same for wood brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 68 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Building Classes Colour From Colour To a eee ID Name __ Indoor Loss Attenuation Empirical models 0 Buildings Yes 10 00 0 00 Length m ay Free Space Propagation 1 Forrest Yes 10 00 0 00 Length m i ITU R P 1411 3 WinProp Elevation Model Figure 93 The building classes settings 3 1 5 1 How to Add a Building or Wood Profile 1 Open Extras gt Project Defaults gt Building Classes Calculation i Theme Empirical Models i vee Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Erceg Model Visibility S CORLA Raylauncher i Algorithm Model Parameters Le WinProp Elevation Model oe DXF Figure 94 The building classes settings 2 Click on Add Indoor Loss Attenuation 0 Buildings Yes 10 00 0 00 length m 5 000 99 000 1 Forrest Yes 10 00 0 00 length m brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Add Edit Delete Attenuations Page 69 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 95 Click Add to add a new building class 3 7ype in next ID and Na
225. r the new elevation model and decide whether the missing SRTM values should be added or not gt Toad Pevam Model Radius x m Emote Radius Y m 2500 000 jv Fill missing SRTM values Figure 130 Choose radius for the new model Click on OK to load the elevation model WiMAP 4G will automatically replace the old one oe i PWLAN_BS2_5GHz Treenen somale ri 7 T 7 4 ey x auy Uaterohring gt 07 oo ye 7 k B oe ae roe MES tulsa ote rine TA TAN EF E Mi sach z i al p a5 k r F Se eat t ee on a k ANE nae Hirschau p ale l i i i t e hit e F S AN oie 7 lt p a Bo 1 mia TK J EA a 2 Sy i T Aae i im h Je fonna 4 i ideHrshau i me a ae iy i A F i TA rmenzard 5 a ee re Ae lg ie jet Bs AA oe 1 m me 4 F a i DE 7 Tta mer e MW IMAX asi e Ihe Ia ae ee ay Jtetonna ay Cogg ELESSE j et a apr f p May po oe faces e A au 2 ern a if 3 i v Siwar BSI a alvarion fil Pa T phavini AER No ane a A airspan b 1 ai ry A 5 y Zoan E iuethal A f x pri a i avini gt yt oan i E oak 4 ioe ee Fr rs _Engenna Ltrs iN phenbura ore ps et pce onasen 3 oe Accs K d i ra a H a2 Neuhaus alcatel lucen oe y i lt i A te sa a J Aom it ag ih ss Ths if SS Beer Wey EWLAN BS3_2 aahh a la at i ELET r is a N es 3 S a swis aaseja Dales ll i Ww LA EE p GHEE a ns A ealte aar a Gee
226. r to the desired second station Click the mouse button to open the snap window Now choose between coordinate or object The easiest way to calculate the link budget of two stations is to drag the Terrain Profiler from one object to another and to pick both objects in the snap window 2 After choosing objects or coordinates click on OK to start the link budget calculation The values for the two objects are inserted automatically the calculation is done Manual adjustments are possible only for the default values and the dimensioning parameters All values that have been gathered from the stations cannot be edited Find the button Adjust Antennas in the upper left corner of the link calculation tab Click brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 37 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems on this button and the antennas of the stations will be adjusted automatically by WiMAP 4G to guarantee the best results for the link budget calculation and also for common It is not recommended to adjust the antennas if they have already been planned for a specific scenario With these adjustments the link budget seems to look better but hence problems can occur If an adjustment is made for the antennas or the stations click on the Refresh button in the upper left corner to assign these new values to the link budget calculation test2 180 001 testi 0 0010 Transmitter Unit Max Total Po
227. rd The actual map will be copied in the system buffer like a screenshot and can be woked by Paint for example e As Image The actual map will be saved in a png or jpg file gt As Image File Compression 0 C Export To Clipboard Configuration Plain Image f Labeled With Antenna Information Resize 100 00 Resolution 100 00 ox Cancel Figure 367 Export settings by export as image e As ASCII Grid Export to ASCII requires a Professional license It exports in an ASCII grid format which can be imported by almost any GIS software e As KML The actual map will be saved in a kml file This file can be used in other programs like Google Earth 10 15 Clear Calculation and Theme Cache Clearing the calculation and theme cache is a fundamental thing that has to be done regularly to keep an overview on the project There are a few possibilities to clear the calculation and theme cache or even to disable calculations or themes from time to time An brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 219 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S E important fact to keep in mind is WiMAP 4G operates on different layers which can be activated or deactivated as desired Clearing the calculation and theme cache works for the following calculations coverage theme best server theme carrier to interferer theme power level t
228. re is any disruption in the Fresnel zone This will help the user to see automatically if the desired path is possible or not ca ON ONR fp N fopi m W A aswe at Energie 3 e Y MOINS Wasser Fe 5 Betriebhof h eeo y z h p Spymabt by Opensppg tM treetmap org S ee eer aR EA Elevation Buildings Fresnel Zone Pathloss o 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 Figure 19 The Fresnel zone is interrupted 2 2 5 2 Configuring the Terrain Profiler The Terrain Profiler offers a few settings which can be changed to get a better overview and to make the result descriptive for presentations Click on the right mouse button to open a menu that contains the function Properties A click on that button will open the property configuration window brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 27 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Title plot other General Show Title a a0 Text 70 eo o Font eri select z _ Color ee elect Properties ees a0 Save as 20 Print 1 45 50 55 60 Coordinates To Coo Zoom In zoom Out 4uto Range Cancel Figure 20 The Terrain Profiler configuration menu A figure can be named in the title tab This could be useful for presentation or further information if the results of the Terrain Profiler are export
229. requency used change 2 442 to 3 500 for 3 5 GHz e Horizontal angle o H_WIDTH 360 o Horizontal angle can be a value between 0 and 360 e Vertical Angle o V_WIDTH 9 o Vertical angle can be a value between 0 and 360 e Front to back o FRONT_TO_BACK 10 e Antenna gain o GAIN 10 dBi e Tilt o TILT MECHANICAL e Polarization o POLARIZATION V o Set POLARIAZTION H for horizontal polarization The editor should look like this Datei Bearbeiten Format Ansicht NAME 24 120 10 15 MAKE Stella Doradus POLARIZATION Figure 183 Editor with a few settings 3 Add the horizontal and vertical attenuation parameters from 0 to 360 using this style HORIZONTAL 360 VERTICAL 360 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 116 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 0 5 1 46 2 972 5 203 8 489 12 752 25 13 20 546 14 395 11 95524 11 1492 WOON AU BRWN Fe m ee DE OMOAONDUARWNHO 0 Datei Bearbeiten Format Ansicht NAME 24 120 10 15 MAKE Stella Doradus POLARIZATION V HORIZONTAL 360 oosoeoeasoSooSeSSoSooSSoOSCO NNNNRFRRFRRFRFOOCOOCOCOCOOCOOCOo COMAWRFONUWN ONDA wN Figure 184 Editor with attenuation parameters brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 117 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 4 Choose File gt Save as and save file as msi Dateiname 24 120 10 15 m
230. roject Explorer and click on x B z 2014 07 17 14 02 43 M WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz Basel_Sek1i _ Sites Layers Points aa Bevati cadas Y cients E tinkbu Figure 320 Create best server theme from calculation tab e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Best Server Ga Bee foe tee b E E 2014 07 17 14 02 43 WLAN_BS1_ 4GHz MAX we Power Level Pro Sub Carrier Interference Bae Pro Field Strength Remove Antenna Merge with Load Calculation Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 321 Create best server theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 195 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 The best server theme window opens Technology WLAN 2 4 GHz x Antennas Deactivate others Activate all Coloring Margin Coloring Default Margin dB 0 000 Include areas without coverage Cancel Figure 322 Best server theme settings 4 Choose to create the theme for all antennas or only the actual antenna Only works by right clicking on antennas in the Project Explorer and choosing Best Server or marking the antennas and clicking on BL 5 Choose a color profile and a margin Including areas without coverage force WiMAP 4G to calculate the theoretical be
231. rom SRTM data and a coarse basic satellite image can be dovmloaded Configure Proxy Figure 104 Choose this type and click Next 3 Specify the area by address or by coordinates These are the two possibilities to specify an area for the geodata download Specifying an area by address is the easiest method which allows the user to enter a name of a place or a zip code or to choose an area from the result list To specify an area by coordinates the correct longitude and latitude is required If coordinates are unknown they can be found easily by using http maps bing com or Google Earth Look at 3 2 1 1 1 for more information 3 1 Specify area by address Insert name of a place or zip code and click on Search brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 73 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Location Select the location area of your project either by address or directly by coordinates Specify area by address Address 53229 Address Longitude Latitude Figure 105 Click search Choose from the result list and click on Next Specify area by address Address 53229 Search Address Longitude Latitude Deutschland 7 10 22 746 50 45 05 713 Ee 57 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 22 839 50 45 05 927 59 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen Deutschland 7 10 22 933 50 45 06 142 61 53229 K ln Nordrhein Westfalen
232. rt multiple files If a file path is known it can be entered directly into the box brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 80 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Translatio t Geographic het Metric to Geographic Coordinate System UTM Gauss Krueger Zone Stripe Figure 116 Choose a file 3 Choose the transformation settings and click on Ok Transformation need to be made according to the coordinate system used by the project In most times a translation needs to be made because dxf files do not hold specific location coordinates Single file C Users max Wimaphdkm dxf All files in Transformation None Translation Translation X Y 694453 04 f 5337291 56 Geographic to Metric Coordinate System UTM Gauss Krueger zone Stripe o y Figure 117 Click OK to add the cadastral data to the project Subsequent a cadastral model appears at the specific place and additional layers appear at the project explorer The number of layers differ in dxf files depending on the specific data ordered by the land survey register brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 81 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 118 Unmodified cadastral data Buildings VEC 0 VEC OG VEC GN VEC GP VEC HP x K K s K K Figure 119 Additional cadastral layers I
233. ry Potential Customer Edit X k Height AGL Column Height Assign to Sites Site WLAN_BS1_ 4GHz Convert from Points i l Profile WLAN 5GHz Net Y Options Convert to Points Remove Points Edit Profiles Caneel Figure 237 Convert points to clients 2 Now there are a few settings that need to be done to create a client from a point At first it should be decided whether a selected point or all active points should be converted To use the first option select a point in the point tab of the Project Explorer before choosing Chent gt Convert from Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Create Edit Assign to Sites patel af let P ie Convert from Points Convert to Points Ls m Convert ae Ta Edit gt BUHE MEETA Nameyw Height Y N x z Z eo ar erzogpa Peters 690310 63 5336840 38 522 634 je 34 63395541 33 C17 2907 my 2a Figure 238 Mark a point in the points tab in the Project Explorer If Selected Point was chosen the point category setting will turn to grey and therewith not editable If Active Points was chosen a point category can be selected for converting its points Next thing to choose is the height column from the chosen point category So if there are a few columns from type meter choose the one that describes the height above ground level Afterwards choose a pr
234. ry Potential Customer Model Erceg Model Type Erceg Z Flat light tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Columns W Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level Calculate Field Strength W Use Height 4GL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier W Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Figure 291 The point field strength calculation settings First of all it needs to be decided which points should be calculated All points corresponding to the same point category can be calculated at a time In this tutorial all points associated with the point category Potential Customer will be calculated 10 4 1 1 With the Erceg Model 3 1 1 The first thing to decide is whether the calculation should be made with the Erceg A B or C model It depends on the environmental circumstances A Hilly terrain with moderate to heavy tree density This model is associated with the highest path loss brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 178 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems po 5 S Sa B Terrain type B is characterized by mostly flat terrain with moderate to heavy tree densities or a hilly terrain with light tree densities C Terrain type C is used for flat terrain with light tree densities producing the lowest path loss Custom It is also possible to create a custom profile in the WiMAP 4G settings This is only recommended for experienced users who know
235. s Height Above ground level Height of the antenna Set Height Refers To whether to Lower Edge or Center This is important for a hilly environment Direction Direction of the antenna If the antennas has a 360 angle the direction does not need to be set to a specific value Note that signals that use the same channel interfere each other when they overlap Value 0 360 Downtilt Set the downtilt of an antenna This is important for interconnection or hilly environment Auto Adjust can be set to let the program manage the downtilt automatically Value 0 360 Carrier Select a carrier for the antenna If there is not a carrier available for the specific purpose create one by clicking on Options gt Carriers r Power dBm 21 000 Pilot 4 90 00 Carriers Bands dB 0 000 Figure 196 Select a suitable carrier if desired To create or edit carriers see chapter 6 1 Power dBm The power of the carrier specified in dBm Note that there are limitations according to the power in each country 20 dBm maximum channle power for 2 4 GHz for example brown iposs GmbH Pilot Power The pilot power of the carrier Affects the signal radius Value 1 100 Cable Loss Cable loss for the antennas The exact value can be obtained from the manufacturer of the antenna Antenna Type Choose the antenna of your choice Make sure the antenna meets the conditions A 5 4 GHz antenna may not be us
236. s investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o 10 3 1 1 With the Erceg Model 3 1 1 The first thing to decide is whether the calculation should be made with the Erceg A B or C model It depends on the environmental circumstances A Hilly terrain with moderate to heavy tree density This model is associated with the highest path loss B Terrain type B is characterized by mostly flat terrain with moderate to heavy tree densities or a hilly terrain with light tree densities C Terrain type C is used for flat terrain with light tree densities producing the lowest path loss Custom It is also possible to create a custom profile in the WiMAP 4G settings This is only recommended for experienced users who know the exact used parameters and can handle them correctly Model Erceg Model Type e Hilly moderate to heavy tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Average Utilization 4 50 00 Thermal Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 canca Figure 276 Choose the type that fits the situation 3 1 2 The coverage probability has to be set It can also be set to a standard value in the WiMAP 4G settings It is a little bit tricky to understand the function of that value It describes the chance that considering all circumstances a specific point receives the calculated field strength in real terms The coverage is always based on probability theory and cannot be guaranteed 100 of the time This pr
237. s too Decide what happens in case new buildings intersect old buildings in the replacement options Replacement Settings e Take new building Old buildings are overwritten if new buildings intersect them e Take new building with old height Old buildings are overwritten by new but they keep their height e Keep existing building Old buildings can not be overwritten The exact coordinates of the cadastral data position is needed to place the buildings on the right position of the map After filling all the needed information click on OK to create the buildings All the buildings in the building layer are created brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 99 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 156 Buildings created from cadastral data 5 5 Create Buildings Using Corine Professional Edition Creating buildings with corine data is a feature of the Professional Edition The Corine Land Cover is a project established by the European Environment Agency to classify a computerized inventory of the land cover in European countries Therefore it is an optimal source for buildings wood and other important objects needed by WiMAP 4G to create a proper calculation Corine data can be downloaded from the EEA Website 5 5 1 How to Create Buildings Using Corine Data 1 Choose Geodata gt Buildings gt Corine Import Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points
238. s bovscset cavenes E E E 208 10 11 1 How to Create a Field Strength Theme cccccccessecccesececcesececeesecsesuseessceesecessseeeeas 209 10 12 THE ELEVANON THEME sssesreiririeseinn eE EE E EEEE EE 212 10 12 1 How to Create an Elevation ThHeiMe cccccscccccececccececcceeeccccecscececscececsceessueesseeesensesss 213 10 122 Clear th Elevation Cach scrcserieinirnssei ienna NE EEE ETENEE 214 10 12 2 1 How to Clear the Elevation Cache ccccccssscccssecccessccceeccceececeeececeeeceeseecessuecetseecesseeceteuecetsnecetsnesenas 214 10 15 THE VISIBILITY THEME ssesrrsrrerannrorsri rioen inr ENET E N Arr E O AEE E E ASETE EEEN 215 10 13 1 How to Create a Visibility TheMe ccccccccseeseccceesececesececcuesececeusecessuseessseusesessseeetas 215 10 13 1 1 How to Clear the Visibility Cache ccccccccsssecccceseceeceesccecaesecceesueeceessuesecesseeeecessueseceesuueecessuaeeeesages 217 10 14 EXPORT CALCULATION THEME sicssiccsccisecasvscinsestenducrvensna beesscaiecssmsebatavnsedecnoesas tbascestudeenssoacennonbect s 218 10 14 1 How to Export a THOM vicicsccsascosiansseseuuiessastantesnaaceoacesiwcsrttenteirssSeousnedavnrsseneserseostniiet 218 10 15 CLEAR CALCULATION AND THEME CACHE c scssscssccerecnrecerecerecesenesenesenesepecepscenscetacenacssacssasssas 219 10 15 1 Howto Clear the Calculation and Theme LAYVELS sssccccseeeececeesececeeseceeceeseceeeeseesees 220 11 DOLINE S asuaan E 222 11 1 THEME OLINE S cererea
239. s for CORLA ccsccseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 181 A point field strength calculation example ccccccecsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeaes 182 Point field strength calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 ee eeeeeeeeees 182 A point field strength calculation example ccccscecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeseeass 182 User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 248 of 251 Figure 299 Figure 300 Figure 301 Figure 302 Figure 303 Figure 304 Figure 305 Figure 306 Figure 307 Figure 308 Figure 309 Figure 310 Figure 311 Figure 312 Figure 313 Figure 314 Figure 315 Figure 316 Figure 317 Figure 318 Figure 319 Figure 320 Figure 321 Figure 322 Figure 323 Figure 324 Figure 325 Figure 326 Figure 327 Figure 328 Figure 329 Figure 330 Figure 331 Figure 332 Figure 333 Figure 334 Figure 335 Figure 336 Figure 337 Figure 338 Figure 339 Figure 340 Figure 341 Figure 342 brown iposs GmbH 6 Point field strength calculation settings for Free Space Propagation 183 A point field strength calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation 183 WinProp Field Strength Calculations settings ccccsesscsceeerseseneeseaeereeeenenes 184 General settings for point field strength CalCUlatiON ccccecscsceeeeseeeseerereees 185 Open the point category SEttiINGS ccccccecsceeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeseteestereeeesenststeraereees 185 Columns for all propagation MOCEIS
240. s option can be reverted by only one mouse click on or choosing Window gt Reset Layout to reset all windows The window size can also be changed by simply holding the left mouse button on a border of a window to drag it to the desired size Project Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Oe E tt AA REAA A amp i an es iy pine aura os Ss Sao ae aa ee oe ts M om an f u te Milbertshofen e 2 oe Pore ae A E n AR i w t EIEE pris 5 a Bh gat ae w her San he a we W ae _ A i T 4 B mopach JE a EEE aL r a Pee E pg Mey io ee peda dy k res 4 Ea Ai 7 E E aaen EE ke meere tee ae mee gt 3 4 faa Pe t A fe s a en T a waned at gt a cia rie y r 8 Ymtermenging iaa Katee page b Poe E EAN E we z Ay Pa s A RAN 2 ee my a Dat 1 a f a i i D beas Sani a2 K BA Z Y z A Aana ie i Aa ia x g E a gt ek i apo 1 ie a r I a EP NN yl LP T AAN a at a ot eeu WS foi EN nE dey ghee EID ee S a i Ue ro a sal a fe a v 4 s lt 4 2 x es Ers t z f HE Bee b eae es Ss i ig i j 3 Stee ef eee ih Ppa a EAN Soar eres yy anes 4 i 4 bas A ve iici n TAY eet y ett i fa is t ie AE ies RB a ge Sag i a f one Ebenau e A er ZOI ria EF j PH j bacs z Dig k he E eet 5 ah Engschalk g4 Py ne Ea es 5 N _ Bon e s f t re A 4 y u x y
241. s the earth in 6 wide zones The X value represents the distance between a point and the meridian of origin while the Y value represents the distance between a point and the equator Both values are specified in meter The Universal Transverse Mercator coordinate System more and more displaces the Gauss Krueger system Gauss Krueger The Gauss Krueger system is based on the same technique as UTM but splits the earth in 3 wide Zones instead of 6 like UTM Geographic The geographic coordinate system is the standard system used by OpenStreetMap and Google Every point on earth can be specified by an X and Y coordinate which are specified in degree The X coordinate can have a value between 180 and 180 while the Y value can be everything between 90 and 90 A location can be specified more precisely by using angular minutes and seconds angular seconds are decimal numbers too 0 001 angular second 0 5 m 4 If UTM is chosen decide on a zone stripe if this zone stripe in the south of the equator select this option and insert coordinates of specify area The default zone 32 is the zone Germany is located in If Gauss Krueger is chosen select the option south of the equator if the area there and optional insert coordinates of specify area If Geographic is chosen it is sufficient to insert coordinates of the specified area only 5 Click on Finish An empty project is created and imports can be done later For more inf
242. s using the same building class Create a new building class and use that new one while construct the new building inside the old one P Points does not show up in the points tab S Make sure the right point category has been chosen on top of the point tab in the Project Explorer P Antenna Pattern An I O error occurred due to following reason Pattern ra could not be read S The antenna pattern is corrupted Depending on the source off the file contact the manufacturer of the antenna for a new pattern You can also try to repair the corrupted file brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 240 of 251 6 Iposs Detailed instructions in how an antenna patter should look like can be found in chapter 7 1 2 1 P Load Project org xml sax SAXParseException Premature end of file S The project file is damaged P Load Cadastral An I O error occurred due to following reason Error encountered in line x Unexpected EOF encountered in line x S The cadastral data file is damaged Depending on the source get a new fresh file and try it again P Load Corine An I O error occurred due to following reason Premature end of header S The Corine file is damaged Depending on the source get a new fresh file and try it again P Specified Address An I O Error occurred due to following reason gazetteer openstreetmap org S Check your internet connection Connection to OpenStreetMap cannot be established If
243. se Type C would be the right decision Furthermore the coverage probability can be set to a specific value This probability identifies the chance that gives the customer a specified link quality At the bottom all the parameters can be changed for each Erceg model Changing the parameters from Erceg A B and C should only be done by experienced users All other users could get some experience in changing the custom model brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 60 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems These three parameters for the path loss exponent which is variable over the population of macro cells within each terrain category should only be changed for extreme terrain conditions Antenna Term Factor Sigma Gamma g Data derived constant for each terrain Sigma Mu type Sigma Sigma Only experienced users should change these 3 1 2 2 4 Visibility Some visibility settings can be changed according to the elevation theme and building intersection First of all it is possible to change the elevation model visibility type The types bilinear stepwise or bilinear cellwise can be chosen Project Properties nen General Visibility Calculation es Thama Elevation Model Visibility Empirical models C Bilinear Stepwise Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Step Count 10 Erceg Model Bilinear Cellwise CORLA Raylauncher Maximum Cell C
244. seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseaesenaes 172 Client coverage calculation settings for ITU R P 1411 3 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 173 A client coverage Calculation CXAMPle ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeseeeeaeeeeaes 173 Client coverage calculation settings for Free Space Propagation s cscecee 174 A client coverage Calculation CXAMPple ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeaeseeass 174 WinProp Field Strength Calculations settings cccccscsecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeaeees 175 The points tab in the Project Explorer cscssscsseseeessesecesneseeesnenecnsnensenseeaes 176 The points on the Terrain Explorer cccccsscseccsscseeeseeseeusneseeusuenecusueusenseeaes 176 The points tab in the Project Explorer with additional power level and field Se eg etcetera E ete sare eed estes E E dete E 177 Open the settings from MENU cccececeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeaeeeeaeaeseseeanees 177 Open the settings from points tab cccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeeeanees 178 The point field strength calculation settings ccccecseseceeeeeeeesenerseaeeneeeenenes 178 Choose the type that fits the situation s ssessesesnenesnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnennrnnne 179 50 coverage probability ssssenssssnenennsnnrrnrensrnrrerernrnrnnrnnnennrnrrensrnenenne 180 A point field strength calculation example cccccecsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeseeass 180 Point field strength calculation setting
245. senrceceecrceceearcncuearseeuearsusuearsusuearsaeaes 82 Figure 120 The cadastral data settings tab ccccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeseeesaeeeeesaeeeeaes 83 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 244 of 251 Figure 121 Figure 122 Figure 123 Figure 124 Figure 125 Figure 126 Figure 127 Figure 128 Figure 129 Figure 130 Figure 131 Figure 132 Figure 133 Figure 134 Figure 135 Figure 136 Figure 137 Figure 138 Figure 139 Figure 140 Figure 141 Figure 142 Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 6 SSE STEN E EA TOPS SECT SUST IS ECTER VEO Iposs The cadastral data settings tab cwissinsusivnecwuncaaswiawaveennenasaeneneietieeenaweawatanvenvalns 83 Choose Visualisation or IgNOre s ssssssssssssnsrnrrrnsrnrrrnnrnrnrnernrnnnernrnnnernrnenennne 83 Edited cadastral layers ccccceceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeaeaeeesesaeeeeseaeeeseeangegags 84 Cadastral data changed ColOUF ssssesssnssenssnsrnnrsnsrnrrnnsrnrnnnnrnrnenernrnensnnrnenennne 84 The cadastral data tab s esenssnensnssnnrnnnrnnrnnnrnnrnrnnnnrnnnrnnrnrnnnnrnrnennrnrnennrnnne 85 Load an elevation model cccscccsscsececseseceseenecesnenecusnenseuseensersueueensueusenseeaes 86 The elevation model tab after importing elevation models cccceeeeseeeeeeees 86 Reload elevation model from web ssssssesssssnnrsnssnnrnrnsnnrnrnnnnrnnnnnnrnrnennrnrnenne 87 Choose to replace the curre
246. sentations joining programs that work with isolines like Google Earth 11 3 1 How to Export Isolines as MIF oF Fo brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 225 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Assuming that isolines have been created Otherwise the export may be possible but it would not offer any usable data 1 Choose Themes gt kind of theme Export Isoline as MIF Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Gx Coverage gt B Best server b dhe Carrier to interferer b Sub carrier interference dB lsg 2 000 m Above ground ux Power level gt UMTS3 Sub carrier interference gt Display 2x Field strength Display Isoline Elevation gt Export E to Clipboard Elevation Building Visibility gt 2 7 fae asme Clear As ASCII Grid Paetaa PE Export to KML Isoline as MIF Isoline as KML Figure 375 Export isolines as mif file 2 Choose a filepath and a filename and press OK to save the file There are not any settings that can be done All displayed isolines will be exported All theme isolines will be exported to the mif format and can be used in other programs that can handle the mif format 11 3 2 How to Export Isolines as KML Assuming that isolines have been created Otherwise the export may be possible but it would not offer any usable data 1 Choose Themes gt kind of
247. si Dateityp Textdateien txt Figure 185 Save the new file as msi There is a msi file in the chosen file path right away which can be used as a pattern for this antenna 7 1 5 Export Antennas To export antenna information from an existing project might be necessary to work in other projects with the same antenna set or to work with these antennas in other programs that allows antenna import 7 1 5 1 How to Export Antennas 1 Choose Sites gt Export Antennas Sites Points Clients Link Calculz Create Site Export Edit Sites Decimal Separator Activation File Choose Import Antennas Write Header Line Export Antennas Cancel Change Multiple Antennas Figure 186 Export antennas 2 Choose whether to export all antennas which is set by default or only the active antennas The decimal separator only affects the layout of the created csv file Click on Choose to browse folders and enter a file name Set Write Header Line to active if there should be an additional header line in the csv file explaining all the used parameters 3 Click OK to export the antennas 7 1 6 Import Antennas Importing antennas is possible with WiMAP 4G Both importing antenna information from other projects to the active working set and importing antennas data from other programs that allow exporting data in csv format is provided brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 118 of 251 broadband
248. ss networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 4 1 4 With the Free Space Propagation Model 3 4 1 The Free Space Propagation model is the easiest model it does not need any parameters Calculation Category Potential Customer Model Free Space Propagation Columns W Calculate Power Level Power Level Column Power Level W Calculate Field Strength a Field Strength Column Field Strength W Use Height AGL Column Height AGL Column Height Carrier M Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz l i Cancel Figure 299 Point field strength calculation settings for Free Space Propagation To configure the Free Space Propagation Model see Chapter 3 1 2 2 1 a amp g Category Potential Custamer Name v Height Y N Power Level Field Strength x Ii Aa W Miller 10 000 51 9 0 007 690161 99 5336395 45 521 900 w Peters 5 000 A 0 017 690601 65 5336029 06 516 839 W wolff 7 000 07 4 0 002 690499 51 5336395 45 516 396 lt q Sites oinks fe Calculation a Elevation Bcadastral B Clients Link Budget Figure 300 A point field strength calculation example Munich Free Space Propagation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 183 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 10 4 1 5 With the WinProp 3 5 1 WinProb is for propagation modeling in different scenarios with different model types o
249. ssary e Bilinear interpolation A precise algorithm that considers the closest four neighbors and calculates the average value of their heights e Nearer of both Considers the nearest neighbor and carries its value e Maximum of both Considers the closest neighbor with the highest value best case e Minimum of both Considers the closest neighbor with the lowest value worst case The Pathloss Storage Precision can be changed to one two and four bytes One byte should only be chosen if there is a large project to plan and only weak hardware is used There could be an aberration up to half a dB if 1 Byte is chosen for pathloss 4 Byte is very precise but it could take a long time to calculate large projects With current hardware 4 Byte is fine gt Project Properties mes General Empirical models Calculation Theme Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Empirical models Pixel Relative 10 00 Free Space Propagation ITU R P 1411 3 Erceg Model Attenuation Interpolation Linear Interpolation between lower and upper value i Visibility C Nearer of both lower and upper values 7 teeta rere C Maximum of both lower and upper values Model Parameters C Minimum of both lower and upper values i WinProp Elevation Model Pathloss Storage Precision 4 Bytes DXF Building Classes C 2 Bytes Point Colours 1 Byte Reset To Defaults Cancel Figure 75 The empirical models settings tab brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4
250. st server for that area assuming there would be coverage If the included area without coverage option is enabled the margin will be ignored To change color profiles see chapter 3 1 2 1 1 Figure 323 Munich Field strength area calculation Erceg A brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 196 of 251 t broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Figure 325 A best server theme example Munich 0dB margin 10 8 The Carrier to Interferer Theme The carrier to interferer theme is a useful feature of WiMAP 4G to detect not covered areas on the map because of interference between antennas If two antennas use the same carrier at the same frequency and power they interfere each other This could end in a complete signal loss WiMAP 4G shows the ratio between carrier signal and interference signal The minimal value acceptable as a result of a carrier to interference theme depends on the used technology Areas that offer a carrier to interference below 0 mostly do not receive a useable signal For example for LTE and a QAM64 modulation a minimum ratio of 10 is required Note that the carrier to interferer is based on the field strength area calculation done before and is limited to its parameters e g calculation height 10 8 1 How to Create a Carrier to Interferer Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes mor
251. stigations e planning e operations support systems poss D 3 1 Add buildings by entering the exact coordinates This is for sure the more precise method to create buildings but therefore it is more time consuming Click Add and enter the building coordinates These need to be the coordinates of the building corners For example a rectangular building needs four coordinates whereas a roundel needs much more depending on the precision that should be reached The first and the last coordinates connect each other automatically That is why there are only four coordinates for example for a rectangular building instead of five Class Buildings Height m 8 000 Coordinates x 691251 61 A x ly Y 53358H8 20 Delete oes Ce le ina ria I F ST 5 ar F F oo _ Close Figure 138 Add the first coordinates 3 2 Click on Ok to set the first coordinate A blue dot should appear to show the entered coordinate brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 91 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Class Buildings T Height m 8 000 Coordinates Delete Move Up Move Down Figure 139 The blue dot shows the coordinates 3 3 Add more coordinates depending on the building type Note that the coordinate order should be consistent The order can be modified afterwar
252. sting tsolines deletes former isolines from the project while calculating new isolines State O0 G4M 4 3 4 O G4M bd4 1 2 GAM16 3 4 O OAM16 1 2 O QPSK 3 4 O OPSK 1 2 O BRSK 1 2 C No Coverage Color E change Transp o W Remove existing isolines cancel Figure 370 Choose the states for the isolines It should be clear that all checked states will be included in the mark on the map So if all states are activated only a square will be marked because all the states are included It is recommended to make isolines for the desired states separately and in different colors for a better overview In our example the colors have been taken from the coverage color profile We Pp eR S eS 10 000 m above ground ot Ba LG ARRE QaMmes 1 2 Desa QAM16 3 4 b E QAM16 1 2 F QPSK 3 4 AO QPSK 1 2 AEA BPsk 1 2 a G x No Coverage S S Bea 5 Y FAAN LAN_BS3_2 4GHzpE i lt Pe Ory n 1 Ne St te Figure 371 Theme isolines example Munich coverage Buildings make the isoline calculation more detailed but the overview can get lost fast because there are so many labels around buildings Keep in mind that the elevation labels can be deactivated in the layers tab of the Project Explorer brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 223 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 11 2 Elevation Isolines The elevation
253. surement tool e Terrain Profiler e drag and drop function For shifting the terrain around without using the arrow buttons in the control r bar push and hold the right mouse button There is a legend at the bottom of the Terrain Explorer which can be enabled or disabled on demand The blue frame inside the Terrain Explorer shows the maximum area for calculating a propagation model This blue frame compiles while creating a new project and cannot be changed subsequently Originally the propagation models are calculated for the actual image selection So it is advisable to choose a larger area for this frame than necessary The cursor can be set to a specific point by clicking the left mouse button This can be instrumental in preventing the user from losing track on large projects Use the function to mark a point to easily return the cursor to at any time or insert coordinates by Cursor Pointer and click on Adjust to center the map by this coordinates 691297 60 HAGL m 10 000 Scale i 20895 52 Figure 13 Cursor Pointer 2 2 3 The Rectangle Zoom Tool brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 24 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S o The rectangle zoom tool is a useful feature of WiMAP 4G to zoom into the right area on the map Just click on the button on the control bar to activate the rectangle zoom Choose a point on the map ho
254. t the specific site brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 125 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Position Name Site 1 x 25522 62 Browse v 257 87 Browse zim Interconnection Antennas ID Carrier Direction Type Height AGL Power Dt Elect Antenna 0 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 0 00 Stella Doradus 24 90 10 16 20 000 14 8 dBm 100 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Figure 199 The created antenna will appear in the list 4 If all needed antennas have been created click on Ok to place the site on the map 4 Site 1 Figure 200 The created site appear on the map 7 2 2 How to Edit Sites 1 Right click the desired site or select the site in the Sites tab and choose Edit Site V WiMAX BS1 MA WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz V WLAN_BS2_5GHz V WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz New Insert Delete Delete Edit Enter Create Copy Site Direction Carrier _ eae CATE UCE po z WIMAX BS1 0 00 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band x ire w WIMAX BS1 120 00 WiMAX Channel 2 lower band i vi WIMAX BS1 240 00 WIMAX Channel 3 lower band Edit V WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 0 t vi WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 120 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 BIETE i vi WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz2 240 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 6 F y Site To Site WLAN_BS2_5GHz 0 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 v WLAN_BS2_5GHz 120 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 am T z a Y WLAN BS2 SGH 240 00 WLAN 5 GHz Ch
255. te Client Profiles 1 Choose Chents gt Edit Profiles Clients Link Calculation The Create Edit Assign to Sites Convert from Points Convert to Points Edit Profiles Close Figure 248 Create new client profiles 2 Choose New to create a new client profile Name Browse E Antenna Type Stella Doradus 24 Y Options 7 Technology Generic OFDM canca Figure 249 Fill in all fields Power dBm 46 990 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 152 of 251 broadband w ireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 Name the new profile and choose the specific antenna type technology and the power of the site If there are no antennas available they need to be created before creating a client profile A short introduction how to create antennas can be found in chapter 7 1 1 1 Name 2 4 GHz 24 60 10 17 Browse Antenna Type Technology Stella Doradus 24 Options WLAN 2 4 GHz 12 877 Power dBm Figure 250 4 Click Ok Cancel Fill in all fields to add this profile to the project Generally the user needs to generate more than one profile so create as many as you need Name v WLan 2 4 GHz 24 360 17 8 WLan 2 4 GHz 24 60 10 17 WLan 2 4GHz 24 90 10 16 WLan 5GHz 54 60 8 17 WLan 5GHz 54 60 8
256. tes Points Clents Link Calculation Themes Tools W Create Site iB Edit Sites ep ri a __ Activation a Activate All Import Antennas Deactivate All Export Antennas i beget te neh cor REIT ahi Change Multiple Antennas ene r ei Figure 206 Activate or deactivate all sites This option could be useful if a calculation needs to be done only with a few sites whereat a lot of sites need to be deactivated Simply choose Deactivate All and activate manually the few sites needed By the time a calculation is done a sites can be activated with Activate All 7 2 4 2 How to Activate or Deactivate Sites Manually 1 To manually set sites active or inactive simply open the Sites Tab in the Project Explorer WIMAX BS1 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz WLAN_BS2_5GHz WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz K K S i x Sar Site Direction Carrier he a Wl WIMAX BS1 120 00 WiMAX Channel 2 lower band iss M WIMAX BS1 240 00 WIMAX Channel 3 lower band iS iv WIMAX BS1 0 00 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band Is WLAN _BS1_2 4GHz 240 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 a W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 120 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 z W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 t W WLAN BS _5GHz 0 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 it W WLAN_BS2_5GHz 240 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 e W WLAN BS 5GHz 120 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 E W WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz C
257. th Of Equator Specify area by coordinates costing o __ Cancel Figure 103 The project creation dialog There are two ways to create a new project e Create a preconfigured project with elevation model e Create an empty project brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 72 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 3 2 1 Create Preconfigured Projects This option creates a new project with a geographic coordinate system An elevation model can optionally be initialized from SRTM data and a basic satellite image can be downloaded This is the easiest way to create a project because the elevation model can be initialized during creation Creating a preconfigured project requires internet connection If a proxy is in use optional proxy settings should be done by clicking Configure Proxy 3 2 1 1 How to Create a Preconfiaured Project 1 Open Project gt New or choose from the Control Bar 2 Choose Create preconfigured project using geodata available online and click on Next If a proxy server is in use configure WiIMAP 4G by clicking on Configure Proxy Steps Type Do you want to start a pre configured project using online data sources or create a gt Type vp project from scratch Location Geodata Site Create a new project with geographic coordinate system for which the elevation model Project directory can optionally be initialized f
258. the new file AS MS ccccecseeceecseerceceecrcecnearsesuearsueuearseceearseseearsaseeares 118 FOUE MOO TEX DOME GMUCNINGS skruer e ct pect ceeheeaise cheesiest aeaee aE 118 Fig re 157 IMPO antenNaS tected AEE AE 119 Figure 188 Imported antennas show up on the map with their corresponding sites 119 Figure 189 The sites tab ccseccsecseccsececercecnearcnceearsecuearsecuearseseearseseearsaseearseseearsaseeates 120 Figure 190 Change all antennas with antenna Set change cccceceeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeaees 120 Figure 191 Click OK to save the changes for all ANtENNAS cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 121 Figure 192 Create empty or 3 sector example sites cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeseeanes 122 Figure 193 Create a Site ON the Map cccsecseeccecseercnceearsnceearsecuearseseearseseearseseearseseeares 122 Figure 194 Fill in all Fi ldS cccccsecccecsecrcecsecrcncnecrcuceearseeeearsuseearsuseearsuseearsuseearsaseearss 123 Figure 195 Add antennas to the Site cccccececceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeesaeeeeesansesesaeaesesanes 123 Figure 196 Select a suitable carrier if C SIFGC cccsecseereecsecrcecseerceceearseseearseseearseseeares 124 Figure 197 Invalid antenna pattern sessssssesnsssnurnrnnnurnsnnnurnsnnnunnnnnnnrnnnnnurnnnnnnennnnnnenn 125 Figure 198 Create new antenna if desired ssesssssnsrsnssnnrnrrrnnrnnnrnnrnnnennrnnnennrnenennennne 125 Figure 199 T
259. those pattern files brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 114 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations planning e operations support systems po 5 S SSS 1 Open editor Hold down Win Button and press R Type Notepad and click on Ok The editor should appear right away Datei Bearbeiten Format Ansicht Figure 182 The windows editor 2 Parameter needed for pattern creation e Description of the antenna e Name of the antenna e Frequency e Horizontal and vertical angle of the signal created from the antenna e Front to back ratio power gain between front and rear of the antenna e Antenna gain e Tilt mechanical or electrical e Polarization of the antenna horizontal or vertical e Attenuation parameters for 360 horizontal and vertical These parameters are all you need to create a valid antenna pattern with a text editor Add the following lines to the editor e Description of the antenna o NAME 24 120 10 15 o This is the standard description for antenna in WiMAP 4G o 24 Antenna frequency for this antenna 2 4 GHz o 120 Horizontal angle o 10 Vertical angle o 15 Antenna gain in dBi e Name of the antenna o MAKE Stella Doradus brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 115 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems o Antenna name is Stella Doradus in this case e Antenna frequency o FREQUENCY 2442 o Depending on the f
260. tigations e planning e operations support systems pos S SSSq 5 1 Create Buildings Create buildings is a matter of importance but it is not as easy as some users may think For a proper creation of structures the correct coordinates length and height should be known Create buildings where there are no actual buildings or shift buildings a few meters away due to incorrect coordinates can doom a project to failure Shifting may cause bad results which makes it hard to realize the project or worse a project seems to work in the program but actually there are big field strength problems This section refers to buildings but wood can be imported in the very same way Buildings should be created to the best of ones knowledge to eliminate possibility of future problems 5 1 1 How to Create Buildings 1 Open Geodata gt Buildings gt Capture Class Buildings Height m 8 000 Coordinates xX Y Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Li Elevation Model D a rea 6 a l Buildings Load Buildings Maps j Save Buildings Capture Assign Attributes Create From Cadastral Data CORINE Import Clear Figure 137 Capture buildings 2 There are two ways to create buildings or wood e For the exact but slow method watch 3 1 3 4 e For the fast method watch 4 1 4 2 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 90 of 251 broadband wireless networks inve
261. ting buildings of the same type is not POSSIDIC cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 95 More building classes make it more comfortable to plan and to make differences clearly VISIDICsaaneteneienetentvenastexcianedanwennepenauuuneunedinetareduneteneevas ey iewuaste wine saaeaeeeeriesaeeinetes 95 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Figure 156 Figure 157 Figure 158 Figure 159 Figure 160 Figure 161 Figure 162 Figure 163 Figure 164 brown iposs GmbH The created classes can DE used sssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 95 Py EA ein E E A E A E R 96 Intersecting buildings and wood s s ssssssssssssssrernrsnnsrnrnrnennrnnnennrnenennrnenennne 96 DUNNO GE DUIO serrr ener uni aeris n EEEE E EEEE 96 Choose save buildings to export buildings ssssssssnsrenssnsrnrrsnsrnrrsnsrnrrensrnne 97 Choose load buildings to import buildings ssssssssssnsnenssnnnnnnsnsnnrrsnsnnrrensnnne 98 Create buildings from cadastral Gata ccscscececsececseeeeeeeseeeeseseeeeesesensesterereees 99 POr SCCUINGS t2ecseccsccentesttcstcccstqsesectenssccetscicaesteassaveteestcestiascacitneseeqstencees sce 99 Buildings created from Cadastral data cscscecsesecseseeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeesenenstssans 100 The Corine DORE vacarneicortgietviwasewdncetciwa cant cemeyawtcawasenspeunankoineuensnieneewsaeneceuteus 100 COMING SCUINGS siicceincsieveineeeveieei
262. tion of the calculation can be set to or m Higher means higher precision whereas the value in m needs to be low for higher precision Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation It can take hours or even days if the project is big So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overseen jalcatel lucent WLAN B 1_24GHz WLAN _BS2_SGHz Figure 266 A field strength area calculation example Munich Erceg A coverage probability 50 resolution absolute 5 m 10 2 1 2 With the CORLA Raylauncher Model 3 2 1 The CORLA Raylauncher settings which can be made during a field strength area calculation are limited First of all the precision in X Y direction and in Z direction can be set in meter Note that a higher precision always requires more time for calculation This can take hours or even days if the project is big So keep in mind to run a test calculation with a low precision first Nothing is more frustrating than to calculate a project for a few hours when the result looks bad because something has been overseen 3 2 2 Choose a working directory for CORLA Usually it does not need to be edited CORLA only needs to create a few temporary files while calculating brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 163 of 251 broadband wireless networks investig
263. to request a Community Edition license will be sent immediately Max Mustermann mustermann mustermann eu Your community license has just been sent to you by e mail Please check your inbox including your spam folder save the license file to a temporary location and select that location below Professional Edition The Professional Edition has more powerful features and requires a valid license on USB dongle To acquire a Professional license contact info brovwm iposs eu If you already have the Professional license please connect the USB dongle to PC and wait until it is connected Then click the finish button lt Back Next gt Finish Exit Figure 8 Program edition License request After completing the required fields with valid information an e mail will be sent to the named e mail address This license file is required so it is ought to be downloaded first After downloading the file it can be selected by clicking Choose and entering the correct file path If this is a valid license file WiMAP 4G will start for the first time License File licmnen Agracenent Setting up Community Edition Program Edition a gt License File Your community license has just been sent to you by e mail Please check your inbox including your spam folder save the license file to a temporary location and select that location below License File C Users Alex Desktop community license Choose Figure 9 Choose
264. tsauserceumeveuaeueuaneaautanwrsiwnssueusevacetisessieweusacereetuceesinacus aeties 139 The new point appears on the Map cceccecseeceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseaeseeaes 139 Edit point via right click on the map s sssessssssesssnsnnnssnnrnnnnnsrnnnennrnrrrnnrnenenne 140 Edit point with the help of the points tab ccccccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaneeeess 140 Edit the desired fieldS ccccecsecrsncsecrsecsecrsncuecusueuecrsueueersucueersususarsusueansneaes 140 Edit multiple points at once ssexinisinsiiessdcavinseiiwnisavin eerie 141 Choose column and value ssssssesssssnersrnsrnrrsrsrnrnnrsrnrnrnernrnnnernrnrnernrnrnennne 141 WG DOMMES A O aer 142 DOME PO e E 143 FU aled S esee EEE EEE 144 EXPO POINTS S KMI TIE seiecestaveceaacanaseiia esasince sesaah sesavuandesisaeeeaseceeujasnseescens 144 Select path for export as kml fil cee cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesaeaeeeeeeaeseeeeanees 144 EDO DOI cirerer EEEE EEEE EAE EAEE EEEE 145 Fill in all TICIGS sccssassiaavenasesaniseviessiasscsasteavsasvieivenandsavinsnsensicanteenieiwicavecisicases 145 left Edit single point right Edit multiple points cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 146 Convert points to Cents veccsenewsxateeuianedeecdnaseereuivetannacteceneetineeeeeaien 147 Mark a point in the points tab in the Project ExplOrer ccccsecseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 147 Fill in all fields and click OK to start the conversion cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeea
265. udget Figure 288 The points tab in the Project Explorer with additional power level and field strength columns The height of a point also influences the calculation result and should be entered to the corresponding field 10 4 1 How to Make a Point Field Strength Calculation After editing the point categories and the correct information to the corresponding fields a point field strength calculation can be done 1 There are two possibilities to make a point field strength calculation e Choose Calculation gt Point Field Strength Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Area Field Strength Ctrl F Save Area Calculation Load 4rea Calculation Export Area Calculation Client Coverage Point Field Strength Point Channel Power Level Summation Site To Site Save Site To Site brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 177 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems e Click the in the point tab in the Project Explorer B x Category Potential Customer Name Height N Power Level Field Strength ie zZ w Miller 10 000 B90425 17 53373658 47 519 610 Peters 6 000 690457 94 53368670 42 521 716 wf p00 691650 62 S335736 72 5 Figure 290 Open the settings from points tab 2 When the point field strength calculation window opens some settings according to the situation have to be done Calculation Catego
266. ure 241 Convert clients to points 2 At first it need to be decided whether a selected client or all active clients should be converted To use the first option a client need to be selected in the Project Explorer in the Client Tab before choosing Clhent gt Convert to Points brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 148 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Create Edit Assign to Sites Convert from Points h 7 wel LO PUPILS S BEE rr mer P lam X Y z at 690310 63 5336840 36 522 654 a i Seed ae es E aot 692196 34 5335541 33 512 297 Figure 242 Mark a client and choose Convert to Points Choose the point category that should be created from the clients and choose the Height Column of this point category You can still uncheck the Convert Height checkbox Feel free to create or edit new point categories by clicking on Options gt New or Options gt Point Categories Before finishing the conversion choose the clients to be deleted after creating the points or to still occur afterwards Convert C Selected Client Active Clients Point Category Wha n_ Customer T Options Convert Height AGL to Figure 243 Remove clients after the conversion 3 Click OK to convert the clients to points ao p 7 Figure 244 The points appear on the map 8 8 Point Param
267. used All remaining settings depend on the specific propagation model 10 2 1 1 With the Erceg Model 3 1 1 The first thing to decide is whether the calculation should be made with the Erceg A B or C model It depends on the environmental circumstances A Hilly terrain with moderate to heavy tree density This model is associated with the highest path loss B Terrain type B is characterized by mostly flat terrain with moderate to heavy tree densities or a hilly terrain with light tree densities C Terrain type C is used for flat terrain with light tree densities producing the lowest path loss Custom It is also possible to create a custom profile in the WiMAP 4G settings This is only recommended for experienced users who know the used parameters exactly and can handle them correctly For Community Edition users the calculation cannot be more precise than 50 m which is usually enough to get an overview but not enough for a precise calculation brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 161 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Calculation Model Erceg Model Type Erceg A Hilly moderate to heavy tree density Coverage Probability 50 00 Resolution Absolute m 10 000 Pixel Relative 10 00 Height AGL m 10 000 MV Restrict To WLAN 2 4 GHz Coordinates X From 687177 39 X To 695298 15 Y From 5333875 62 Y To 5338495 62 cance Figur
268. ve calculation options many different themes a 3 dimensional view of the terrain the Terrain Profiler to keep track of the area detailed calculations with the link budget isolines export of isolines propagation models o Erceg model provides three different patterns or individual creation o ITU R P 1411 3 o Free Space Propagation The Community Edition allows a maximum of 12 radio stations and 50 points of the same type within one project Moreover it is not possible to use the highest accuracy level for calculations Some import and export functions are working in the Professional Edition only This version is a sample of the software which gives the user an opportunity to try it out without having to purchase a complete version It is completely suitable for smaller projects 1 2 2 WiMAP 4G Professional Edition brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 12 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems pos S P The WiMAP 4G Professional Edition is the chargeable version of the program It contains all functions of the WiMAP 4G Community Edition including the following additional features e generates buildings and wood from cadastral data e imports Corine data e provides calculations with the highest accuracy e CORLA Raylauncher Cube Oriented Ray Launching Algorithm as an additional propagation model e WinProp as an additional propagation e large selection of antenna
269. w to Create a Sub Carrier Interference Theme 1 Make a field strength area calculation A more precise calculation offers better overview but takes more time to calculate a To make a field strength area calculation see chapter 10 2 1 brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 205 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 2 There are two possibilities to create a Sub Carrier Interference theme e Choose Themes gt Sub Carrier Interference gt Display 5 S Coverage B Best Server Sie Carrier To Interferer ix Power Level Themes Tools View Extras Window Help gt pe i Sali a A 2x Field Strength Elevation amp Elevation Building Visibility gt gt gt gt Display gt gt gt Export gt Clear ka mn D os e Figure 342 Create Sub Carrier Interference theme from menu e Choose the calculation tab in the Project Explorer right click and choose Sub Carrier Interference Ee Be e o B 2014 07 17 14 02 43 Toggle Antenna Coverage Best Server Camer To Interferer Power Level Field Strength Remove Antenna Merge with mar f a hol ai on Loo Wo PLUS Save Calculation As Delete Calculation Figure 343 Create Sub Carrier Interference theme from calculation tab by right clicking antennas 2 The Sub Carrier Interferenc
270. wer dBm 17 000 17 000 Max Pilot Power dBm 17 000 17 000 Antenna Gain Tx dBi 15 500 15 500 Cable Loss Tx dB 0 000 0 000 Tx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 EIRP dBm 32 500 32 500 Receiver Unit Noise Density dBm Hz 174 000 174 000 Noise Figure Rx dB 3 000 3 000 Signal Bandwidth MHz 20 000 20 000 Rx Loss dB 0 000 0 000 Required C I dB 6 000 6 000 RX Sensitivity dBm 91 990 91 990 Antenna Gain Rx dBi 15 500 15 500 Cable Loss Rx dB 0 000 0 000 Total available path loss dB 139 990 139 990 Dimensioning Own source interference 0 00 0 00 Other source interf margin dB 3 000 3 000 Fast fading margin dB 4 000 4 000 Log normal fading margin dB 7 000 7 000 Indoor Loss dB 10 000 10 000 Environmental Loss dB 3 000 3 000 Performance Gains dB 0 000 0 000 Max permitted prop loss dB 112 990 112 990 Free Space cell range m 1927 131 1927 131 Erceg C cell range m 202 546 202 546 Carrier Frequency MHz 5490 000 3 r ee Sites T Layers Points fx Calculation a Elevation Cadastral Clients rJ Figure 41 WiMAP 4G automatically enters Erceg C cell range m Carrier Frequency MHz Refresh Figure 42 The adjust antennas button Do you want to adjust antenna test WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 0 to testl WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 0 and vice versa Cancel Figure 43 Adjustments need confirmation 2 4 2 The log The log is an useful tool to help the user i
271. wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 7 1 6 1 How to Import Antennas 1 Choose Sites gt Import Antennas dnai C Users robert Desktop Name v Size Last Modified gt 2 4GHZ antennas csv 2 017 Oct 5 2010 9 09 23 AM D 3 5GHz B 5GHz D eclipse B Ex_Files_Pprvis_3D_2_EssT O unsortiert D Wimap_Doku H Documents l Downloads HID Favorites H Links HI Music H Pictures lID Saved Games Searches _ File Name jy Mees b Filter cov File csv j een Create Site E O 8 S O 8 B Figure 187 Import antennas 2 Choose a file and click on OK The inpor antennas appear on the map Figure 188 Imported antennas show up on the map with their corresponding sites 7 1 7 Activate or Deactivate Antennas Sometimes antennas need to be activated or deactivated for instance to make calculations faster This is important for larger projects 1 To set antennas active or inactive open the sites tab in the project explorer brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 119 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems 11M WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz V WLAN_BS2_5GHz 4 WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz Site v Direction Carrier WiMAX BS1 120 00 WiMAX Channel 2 lower band W WiIMAX BS1 240 00 WiMAX Channel 3 lower band WiMAX BS1 0 00 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 240 00 WLAN
272. wn iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 19 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Project Geodata Carriers Antenna Types Sites Points Clients Link Calculation Themes Tools View Extras Window Help Oe BB et Pei Fave ba V WiMAX BS1 W WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 3 i V WLAN_BS2_5GHz oe ET oe WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz MG s catel lexnt BE Site v Direction Carrier V WiMAX BS1 0 00 WiMAX Channel 1 lower band WiIMAX BS1 120 00 WiMAX Channel 2 lower band WiIMAX BS1 240 00 WIMAX Channel 3 lower band WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 120 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 13 WLAN_BS1_2 4GHz 240 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 7 WLAN_BS2_SGHz 0 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 100 m WLAN_BS2_5GHz 120 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 104 x 297 60 Y 143 06 Program started Build 5501 V WLAN_BS2_5GHz 240 00 WLAN 5 GHz Channel 108 Profile is C Program Files x86 WiMAP 4v4 profile Ta 2 2 WLAN_BS3_2 4GHz 0 00 WLAN 2 4 GHz Channel 1 HAGL m 10 000 Z m 18 872 Loaded 2 088 buildings skipped 0 self intersecting buildings and 0 7 Project C Program Files x86 WiMAP 4v4 demo munich rap loat Scale 1 920 63 ai Sites Mala BPa scal sable a Sci Eln Figure 11 Demo project Munich The demo project is a complete project including sites different carriers and an elevation m
273. work parameters The results can be activated at the calculation layer at any time To obtain a good overview calculations are always temporary and will be deleted after making a new calculation of the same type To keep a calculation available at any time it can be saved in the calculation tab of the project explorer brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 234 of 251 Iposs 3D view It is possible to create a 3D view of the current project in WiMAP 4G A better observation is possible with the help of the 3D view Calculation results also will be shown in the 3D view Graphic Graphics in WiMAP 4G include all details associated with georeferenced display of background data network and calculation results These are displayed in the Project and Terrain Explorer and can be printed and plotted Log While making calculations with WiMAP 4G many different things are done in background invisible for the average user The background actions will be protocolled and shown in the log If an error occurs or a calculation does not seem to offer proper results the log maybe throw out some exceptions or warnings With the help of these exceptions or warnings it is sometimes possible for the user to fix the problems Layer WiMAP 4G works with layers That means that every information calculation structure is drawn or calculated in its own layer which can also be activated or deactivated for a better overview The Project Explorer
274. your internet connection is working the OpenStreetMap server is down at the moment Try again later P An internal error has been detected S WiMAP 4G always saves a copy of the error in the folder WiMAP 4G Profile Feel free to send this error report to info brown iposs eu P I cannot choose a calculation from the menu S A field strength area calculation need to be done to enable other calculations Choose Calculation gt Field Strength Area Calculation P The Elevation Model does not load by a created project An I O Error occurred due to following reason Data Path The system cannot find the data path S Delete the folder of the data path If the path cannot found toke in folder and search option the option display hidden folder After delete the project could been imported again P I cannot select antennas and carriers lists are empty brown iposs GmbH User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 241 of 251 S Delete 6 the default rad data in C Users UserName AppData Roaming bips WiMAP 4G If the path cannot found toke in folder and search option the option display hidden folder P Starting calculation An internal error has been detected S Check 16 I Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22
275. ze R L l 4 zl 4 di i a Riri j a i piian E T 1 rd e a 3 bat i e taal E a w a i Es F i u B viih ames plate N arn 1 aoe hoe ay 1 con i i 4 5 1 i i t o 7 Berthacdn Su tin eratz Beet teen a sae 1 Rert i mts JE ae a ab ath EE atl E Bonn Sitel 4 E i Bonn ze nirun Figure 307 Example sites 1 There are two possibilities to make a site to site calculation e Choose Calculation Site to Site ulation Themes Tools View Extras Window Area Field Strength Ctrl F Save Area Calculation Load Area Calculation Esport Area Calculation Client Coverage Point Field Strength Point Channel Power Level Summation Site To Site Save Site To Site Figure 308 Start Site to Site calculation Right click on a site on the map and choose Site to Site Calculation User Manual WiMAP 4G 5 1 Page 188 of 251 broadband wireless networks investigations e planning e operations support systems Edit Delete Site To Site Calculation Create Site Create Client Create Point Figure 309 Start Site to Site calculation from the map 2 The Site to Site calculation window opens Carrer Maximum Distance m 5000 000 Maximum Angle Difference i 14 5 000 Caneel Figure 310 The Site to Site calculation settings 3 Choose the technology and carrier used by the desired antennas select if the antennas active or non act

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Sprechendes Bärchen  ShelterLogic 70403.0 Instructions / Assembly    Eco Style Bordeaux  TL2POL （Web 計器ビルダ） 取扱説明書 - M  LG Electronics DN898 Computer Drive User Manual  43282 Installazione IS 3.5-4.0-5.0  Benutzerhandbuch Deutsch  Descargar manual en PDF  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file